f10k_123110-0312.htm
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
(X)  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010

OR

( ) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from   to _______

Commission file number 0-16668


WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Delaware
 
22-2866913
(State or other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)


500 Delaware Avenue, Wilmington, Delaware
   
19801
 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
   
(Zip Code)
 

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (302) 792-6000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par value
 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 
Indicate by check if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES __   NO __X___

 
Indicate by check if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. YES __   NO __X___

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding twelve months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES  X   NO ___

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ___     No ___

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (X)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company.     See definitions of “large accelerated filer,”  “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
   Large accelerated filer_____  Accelerated filer   X   Non-accelerated filer ___ Smaller reporting company ___

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes  ____ No __X___

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price of the registrant’s common stock as quoted on NASDAQ as of June 30, 2010 was $194,037,000. For purposes of this calculation only, affiliates are deemed to be directors, executive officers and beneficial owners of greater than 10% of the outstanding shares.

As of March 10, 2011, there were issued and outstanding 8,591,516 shares of the registrant’s common stock.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 28, 2011 are incorporated by reference in Part III hereof.

 
 

 

WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Part I
Page
 
 
 
Item 1.
Business
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
27 
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
35 
Item 2.
Properties
36 
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
40 
Item 4.
[Reserved]
40 
 
 
 
Part II
 
 
 
Item 5.
 
 
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
41 
 
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
43 
Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
44 
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk
64 
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
65 
Item 9
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
120 
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
120 
Item 9B.
Other Information
123 
 
 
 
Part III
 
 
 
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
123 
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
123 
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
123 
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence
124 
Item 14.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
124 
 
 
 
Part IV
 
 
 
Item 15.
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
124 
 
Signatures
127 

 
2

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and exhibits thereto, which are not historical facts, are forward-looking statements as that term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  Such forward-looking statements, which are based on various assumptions (some of which may be beyond the Company’s control) are subject to risks and uncertainties and other factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from those currently anticipated.  Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those related to the economic environment, particularly in the market areas in which the Company operates; the volatility of the financial and securities markets, including changes with respect to the market value of our financial assets; expected revenue synergies and cost savings from the acquisition of Christiana Bank & Trust Company ("CB&T") may not be fully realized or realized within the expected time frame; revenues following the acquisition of CB&T may be lower than expected; customer and employee relationships and business operations may be disrupted by the acquisition; changes in government regulation affecting financial institutions, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act which, among other things, eliminates the OTS as our primary regulator and as a result our new regulator will be the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and WSFS Bank’s new primary banking regulator will be the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and potential expenses associated therewith; changes resulting from our participation in the CPP including additional conditions that may be imposed in the future on participating companies; and the costs associated with resolving any problem loans and other risks and uncertainties, discussed in documents filed by WSFS Financial Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time.  The Company does not undertake to update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on behalf of the Company.


PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

OUR BUSINESS

WSFS Financial Corporation is parent to Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB (“WSFS Bank” or the “Bank”), the seventh oldest bank and trust in the United States continuously operating under the same name. A permanent fixture in this community, WSFS has been in operation for more than 179 years. In addition to its focus on stellar customer service, the Bank has continued to fuel growth and remain a leader in our community. It is a relationship-focused, locally-managed, community banking institution that has grown to become the largest thrift holding company in the State of Delaware, one of the top commercial lenders in the state, the fourth largest bank in terms of Delaware deposits and one of the top 100 trust companies in the country.  We state our mission simply: We Stand for Service and Strengthening Our Communities.

Our core banking business is commercial lending funded by customer-generated deposits. We have built a $2.0 billion commercial loan portfolio by recruiting the best seasoned commercial lenders in our markets and offering a high level of service and flexibility typically associated with a community bank. We fund this business primarily with deposits generated through commercial relationships and retail deposits in our 42 banking and trust offices located in Delaware (35), Pennsylvania (5), Virginia (1) and Nevada (1). We also offer a broad variety of consumer loan products, retail securities and insurance brokerage through our retail branches.

In 2010 we acquired Christiana Bank & Trust Company (“CB&T”) and established our Christiana Trust division.  The Christiana Trust division provides investment, fiduciary, agency and commercial domicile services from locations in Delaware and Nevada and has over $7 billion in assets under administration.  These

 
3

 

services are provided to both individuals and families as well as corporations and institutions.  The Christiana Trust division provides these services to customers locally, nationally and internationally making use of the advantages of its branch facilities in Delaware and Nevada. 

Our Cash Connect division is a premier provider of ATM Vault Cash and related services in the United States. Cash Connect manages more than $339 million in vault cash in more than 10,000 ATMs nationwide and also provides online reporting and ATM cash management, predictive cash ordering, armored carrier management, ATM processing and equipment sales. Cash Connect also operates over 332 ATMs for WSFS Bank, which owns, by far, the largest branded ATM network in Delaware.

WSFS POINTS OF DIFFERENTIATION

While all banks offer similar products and services, we believe that WSFS has set itself apart from other banks in our market and the industry in general. Also, community banks including WSFS have been able to distinguish themselves from large national or international banks that fail to provide their customers with the service levels, responsiveness and local decision making they want. The following factors summarize what we believe are our points of differentiation.

Building Associate Engagement and Customer Advocacy

Our business model is built on a concept called Human Sigma, which we have implemented in our strategy of “Engaged Associates delivering Stellar Service to create Customer Advocates”, resulting in a high performing, very profitable company. The Human Sigma model, identified by Gallup, Inc., begins with Associates who have taken ownership of their jobs and therefore perform at a higher level.  We invest significantly in recruitment, training, development and talent management as our Associates are the cornerstone of our model.  This strategy motivates Associates, and unleashes innovation and productivity to engage our most valuable asset, our customers, by providing them Stellar Service experiences.  As a result, we create Customer Advocates, or customers who have built an emotional attachment to the Bank. Research studies continue to show a direct link between Associate engagement, customer engagement and a company’s financial performance.

 
Surveys conducted for us by Gallup, Inc. indicate:

·  
Our Associate Engagement scores consistently rank in the top quartile of companies polled. In 2010 our engagement ratio was 14.0:1, which means there are 14 engaged Associates for every disengaged Associate. This compares to a 2.6:1 ratio in 2003 and a national average of 1.8:1.  Gallup, Inc. defines “world-class” as 8:1.
 
·  
Customer surveys rank us in the top 10% of all companies Gallup, Inc. surveys, a “world class” rating. More than 44% of our customers ranked us a “five” out of “five,” strongly agreeing with the statement “I can’t imagine a world without WSFS.”
 

 
4

 
 
 
    We believe that by fostering a culture of engaged and empowered Associates, we have become an employer of choice in our market. During each of the past five years, we were ranked among the top five “Best Places to Work” by The Wilmington News Journal and in 2010, for the second year in a row; we were recognized by the News Journal as the “Top Work Place” for large corporations in the State of Delaware.
 
Community Banking Model

Our size and community banking model play a key role in our success. Our approach to business combines a service-oriented culture with a strong complement of products and services, all aimed at meeting the needs of our retail and business customers. We believe the essence of being a community bank means that we are:
 
Small enough to offer customers responsive, personalized service and direct access to decision makers.
 
Large enough to provide all the products and services needed by our target market customers.
 
As the financial services industry has consolidated, many independent banks have been acquired by national companies that have centralized their decision-making authority away from their customers and focused their mass-marketing to a regional or even national customer base. We believe this trend has frustrated smaller business owners who have become accustomed to dealing directly with their bank’s senior executives and discouraged retail customers who often experience deteriorating levels of service in branches and other service outlets. Additionally, it frustrates bank employees who are no longer empowered to provide good and timely service to their customers.

WSFS Bank offers:

·  
One point of contact. Each of our Relationship Managers is responsible for understanding his or her customers’ needs and bringing together the right resources in the Bank to meet those needs.
 
·  
A customized approach to our clients. We believe this gives us an advantage over our competitors who are too large or centralized to offer customized products or services.
 
·  
Products and services that our customers value. This includes a broad array of banking, cash management and trust and wealth management products, as well as a legal lending limit high enough to meet the credit needs of our customers, especially as they grow.
 
·  
Rapid response and a company that is easy to do business with. Our customers tell us this is an important differentiator from larger, in-market competitors.
 

 

 
5

 


Strong Market Demographics

Delaware is situated in the middle of the Washington, DC - New York corridor which includes the urban markets of Philadelphia and Baltimore. The state benefits from this urban concentration as well as from a unique political environment that has created a favorable law and legal structure, a business-friendly environment and a fair tax system.  Additionally, Delaware is one of only seven states with a AAA bond rating from the three predominant rating agencies. Delaware’s demographics compare favorably to U.S. economic and demographic averages.

 
(Most recent available statistics)
 
 
Delaware
 
National Average
 
Unemployment (For December 2010) (1)
   
8.5
%
 
9.4
%
Median Household Income (Average 2008) (2)
 
$
58,380
 
$
52,029
 
Population Growth (2000-2009) (3)
   
13.0
%
 
9.1
%
House Price Depreciation (last twelve months) (4)
   
(0.74)
%
 
(3.95)
%
House Price Depreciation (last five years) (4)
   
(6.67)
%
 
(11.45)
%
Average GDP Contraction (Average 2008-2009) (5)
   
(1.8)
%
 
(2.1)
%
               
(1) Bureau of Labor Statistics, Economy at a Glance
             
(2) U.S. Census Bureau, State & County Quick Facts
             
(3) U.S. Census Bureau, Population Estimates
             
(4) Federal Housing Finance Agency, All-Transaction Indexes
             
(5) Bureau of Economic Analysis, GDP by State
             

Balance Sheet Management

We put a great deal of focus on actively managing our balance sheet. This manifests itself in:

·  
Prudent capital levels. Maintaining prudent capital levels is key to our operating philosophy. Our tangible common equity ratio was 7.18%.  All regulatory capital levels for WSFS Bank exceed well-capitalized levels. WSFS Bank’s Tier 1 capital ratio was 12.36% as of December 31, 2010, more than $190 million in excess of the 6% “well-capitalized” level, and our total risk-based capital ratio was 13.62%, compared to a “well-capitalized” level of 10.00%.
 
·  
We maintain discipline in our lending, including planned portfolio diversification. Additionally, we take a proactive approach to identifying trends in our business and lending market and have responded to areas of concern. For instance, in 2005 we limited our exposure to construction and land development (CLD) loans as we anticipated an end to the expansion in housing prices.   As of December 31, 2010, CLD loans represent only 5% of our total loans. We have also increased our portfolio monitoring and reporting sophistication and hired additional senior credit administration and asset disposition professionals to manage our portfolio.  We diversify our loan portfolio to limit our exposure to any single type of credit. Such discipline supplements careful underwriting and the benefits of knowing our customers.
 
·  
We seek to avoid credit risk in our investment portfolio and use this portion of our balance sheet primarily to help us manage liquidity and interest rate risk, while providing some marginal income. As a result, we have had no exposure to Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae preferred securities or Trust Preferred securities. Our security purchases have been almost exclusively AAA-rated credits. This philosophy and pre-purchase due diligence has allowed us to avoid the significant investment write-downs taken by many of our bank peers (only $86,000 of OTTI charges recorded during this cycle).
 
We have been subject to many of the same pressures facing the banking industry.  The extended recession has negatively impacted our customers and has driven increased loan loss provisioning and an increase in our delinquent loans, problem loans and charge-offs. The measures we have taken strengthen our credit position by diversifying risk and limiting exposure, but do not insulate us from the effects of this

 
6

 

recession; however, during 2010 we have seen some asset quality stabilization and improvement in key leading indicators.
 
Disciplined Capital Management

We understand that our capital (or shareholders’ equity) belongs to our shareholders. They have entrusted this capital to us with the expectation that it will be kept safe and with the expectation that it will earn an adequate return. Mindful of this balance, we prudently but aggressively manage our shareholders’ capital.

Strong Performance Expectations

We are focused on high-performing, long-term financial goals. We define “high-performing” as the top quintile of a relevant peer group in return on assets (ROA), return on equity (ROE) and earnings per share (EPS) growth.  Management incentives are paid, in large part, based on driving performance in these areas. A “target” payment level is achieved only by reaching performance at the 60th percentile of a peer group of all publicly traded banks and thrifts in our size range. More details on this plan are included in our proxy statement.

As we navigate through this recession we are focused on strengthening our franchise to optimize financial performance when the recession subsides.  We are taking steps to strengthen net interest margin, enhance revenues and manage expenses as we continue to build market share.

Growth

Our successful long-term trend in lending and deposit gathering, along with Christiana’s long-term growth in assets under administration, has been the result of a focused strategy that provides the service and responsiveness and careful execution of a community bank and trust company in a consolidating marketplace. We will continue to grow by:

·  
Recruiting and developing talented, service-minded Associates. We have successfully recruited Associates with strong community ties to strengthen our existing markets and provide a strong start in new communities. We also focus efforts on developing talent and leadership from our current Associate base to better equip those Associates for their jobs and prepare them for leadership roles at WSFS.
 
·  
Embracing the Human Sigma concept. We are committed to building Associate engagement and customer advocacy as a way to differentiate ourselves and grow our franchise.
 
·  
Continuing strong growth in commercial lending by:
 
    o  
Selectively building a presence in contiguous markets.
    o  
Offering our community banking model that combines Stellar Service with the banking products and services our business customers demand.
    o  
The addition of eight seasoned lending professionals during 2010 that have helped us to win customers in our Delaware and Southeastern Pennsylvania markets.

·  
Aggressively growing deposits. We have energized our retail branch strategy by combining Stellar Service with an expanded and updated branch network. We have also implemented a number of additional measures to accelerate our deposit growth. As a result, this year we exceeded our long-term strategic goal to attain a 100% loan to customer funding (deposit) ratio well ahead of schedule.  We will continue to grow deposits by:
 
    o  
Opening new branches in Delaware and Southeastern Pennsylvania.
    o  
Renovating our existing retail branch network.
    o  
Further expanding our commercial customer relationships with deposit products.
    o  
Finding creative ways to build deposit market share such as targeted marketing programs.


 
7

 

    o  
Acquisitions such as the branch acquisition we completed in 2008 and the bank acquisition we completed in 2010.

·  
Over the next several years we expect our growth will be comprised of approximately 80% organic and 20% through acquisition, although each year’s growth will reflect the opportunities available then.

·  
Exploring niche businesses. We are an organization with an entrepreneurial spirit and we are open to the risk/reward proposition that comes with such businesses. We have developed a set of decision rules that will guide our consideration of future niche business opportunities.
 
Values
 
Our values address integrity, service, accountability, transparency, honesty, growth and desire to improve. They are the core of our culture, they make us who we are and we live them everyday.
 
We are:
 
·  
Committed to always doing the right thing.
 
·  
Empowered to serve our customers and communities.
 
·  
Dedicated to openness and candor.
 
·  
Driven to grow and improve.
 
Results

Our focus on these points of differentiation has allowed us to grow our core franchise and build value for our shareholders.  Since 2006, our commercial loans have grown from $1.4 billion to $2.0 billion, a strong 10% compound annual growth rate (CAGR). Over the same period, customer deposits have grown from $1.5 billion to $2.6 billion, a 15% CAGR. More importantly, over the last decade, shareholder value has increased at a far greater rate than our banking peers and the market in general.  An investment of $100 in WSFS stock in 2000 would be worth $398 at December 31, 2010.  By comparison, $100 invested in the Dow Jones Total Market Index in 2000, would be worth $103 at December 31, 2010 and $100 invested in the Nasdaq Bank Index in 2000 would be worth $122 at December 31, 2010.

SUBSIDIARIES

We have two consolidated subsidiaries, WSFS Bank and Montchanin Capital Management, Inc.

WSFS Bank has two wholly owned subsidiaries, WSFS Investment Group, Inc. and Monarch Entity Services, LLC (“Monarch”).  WSFS Investment Group, Inc., markets various third-party investment and insurance products, such as single-premium annuities, whole life policies and securities primarily through the Bank’s retail banking system and directly to the public.  Monarch provides commercial domicile services which include employees, directors, subleases and registered agent services in Delaware and Nevada.

Montchanin Capital Management, Inc. (“Montchanin”) provides asset management services in our primary market area.  Montchanin has one wholly owned subsidiary, Cypress Capital Management, LLC (“Cypress”).  Cypress is a Wilmington-based investment advisory firm servicing high net-worth individuals and institutions and has approximately $483 million in assets under management at December 31, 2010

DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Condensed average balance sheets for each of the last three years and analyses of net interest income and changes in net interest income due to changes in volume and rate are presented in “Results of Operations” included in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 
8

 
 
INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

At December 31, 2010, our total securities portfolio had a fair value of $765.8 million. Our strategy has been to avoid credit risk in our securities portfolio.

·  
We own no collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), Bank Trust Preferred, Agency Preferred securities or equity securities in other FDIC insured banks or thrifts.
 
The portfolio is comprised of:

·  
$49.6 million in Federal Agency debt securities with a maturity of five years or less.
 
·  
$315.4 million of Government Sponsored Entity (“GSE”) mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”).  Of these, $116.4 million are sequential pay collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) with no contingent cash flows and $199.0 million are GSE MBS with 10-30 year original final maturities.
 
·  
$387.0 million in non-GSE MBS.  The quality of this portfolio is evidenced by diversification among 87 different pools, strong credit enhancement, and the fact that it consists of all senior and short duration securities.
 
Of the 87 non-GSE securities, two securities with an amortized cost of only $3.3 million has been downgraded as of December 31, 2010.  Both were still rated above investment grade.  Based on stress tests of these two securities using proprietary models of two independent companies, management believes the collection of the contractual principal and interest is probable and therefore the unrealized losses are considered to be temporary.
 
Our short-term investment portfolio is intended to keep our funds fully employed at the maximum after-tax return, while maintaining acceptable credit, market and interest-rate risk limits, and providing needed liquidity under current circumstances.  In addition, our short-term taxable investments provide collateral for various Bank obligations.  Our short-term municipal securities provide for a portion of our CRA investment program compliance.  The amortized cost of investment securities and short-term investments by category stated in dollar amounts and as a percent of total assets, follow:
 

 
 
At December 31,
 
 
 
2010 
 
 
2009 
 
 
2008 
 
 
 
 
 
Percent of
 
 
 
 
 
Percent of
 
 
 
 
 
Percent of
 
 
 
Amount
 
Assets
 
 
 
Amount
 
Assets
 
 
 
Amount
 
Assets
 
 
 
(Dollars in Thousands)
 
Held-to-Maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
State and political subdivisions
 
$
219
 
%
 
 
$
709
 
%
 
 
$
1,181
 
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-Sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reverse Mortgages
 
 
(686
)
 
 
 
 
(530
)
 
 
 
 
(61
)
 
State and political subdivisions
 
 
2,879
 
0.1
 
 
 
 
3,935
 
0.1
 
 
 
 
4,020
 
0.1
 
U.S. Government and agencies
 
 
49,691
 
1.2
 
 
 
 
40,695
 
1.1
 
 
 
 
43,778
 
1.3
 
 
 
 
51,884
 
1.3
 
 
 
 
44,100
 
1.2
 
 
 
 
47,737
 
1.4
 
Short-term investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks
 
 
254
 
 
 
 
 
1,090
 
 —
 
 
 
 
216
 
 —
 
 
 
$
52,357
 
1.3
%
 
 
$
45,899
 
1.2
%
 
 
$
49,134
 
1.4
%
 
 
 
9

 
 
There were no sales of investment securities classified as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity during 2010, 2009 or 2008, and as a result, there were no net gains or losses realized on sales for those years.  Investment securities totaling $720,000, all of which were municipal bonds, were called by their issuers during 2010 and investment securities of $18.6 million, including municipal bonds of $566,000, were called by their issuers in 2009.  The cost basis for all investment security sales are based on the specific identification method.

The following table shows the terms to maturity and related weighted average yields of investment securities and short-term investments at December 31,2010. Substantially all of the related interest and dividends represent taxable income.
 
 
 
At December 31, 2010
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted
 
 
Average
Amount
Yield (1)
 
 
(Dollars in Thousands)
 
Held-to-Maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
State and political subdivisions (2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
Within one year
 
$
 
%
After one but within five years
 
 
 
 
After ten years
 
 
219 
 
5.31 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total debt securities, held-to-maturity
 
 
219 
 
5.31 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-Sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reverse Mortgages (3):
 
 
 
 
 
 
Within one year
 
 
(686
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
State and political subdivisions (2):
 
 
 
 
 
 

Within one year
 
 
225 
 
3.89 
 
After one but within five years
 
 
2,325 
 
4.21 
 
After five but within ten years
 
 
329 
 
4.50 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,879 
 
4.22 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Government and agencies:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Within one year
 
 
11,010 
 
2.64 
 
After one but within five years
 
 
38,681 
 
1.43 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
49,691 
 
1.70 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total debt securities, available-for-sale
 
 
51,884 
 
1.86 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total debt securities
 
 
52,103 
 
1.88 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-term investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks
 
 
254 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total short-term investments
 
 
254 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
52,357 
 
1.87 
%
 
 
 
10

 

 
( 1 )
Reverse mortgages have been excluded from weighted average yield calculations because income can vary significantly from reporting period to reporting period due to the volatility of factors used to value the portfolio.
( 2 )
Yields on state and political subdivisions are not calculated on a tax-equivalent basis since the effect would be immaterial.
( 3 )
Reverse mortgages do not have contractual maturities.  We have included reverse mortgages in maturities within one year.

In addition to these investment securities, we have maintained an investment portfolio of mortgage-backed securities with an amortized cost basis of $702.4 million of which $12.4 million is classified as “trading”, is BBB+ rated and was purchased in conjunction with a 2002 reverse mortgage securitization.  At December 31, 2010, mortgage-backed securities with a fair value of $344.4 million were pledged as collateral, mainly for retail customer repurchase agreements and municipal deposits.  Accrued interest receivable for mortgage-backed securities was $2.6 million, $2.8 million and $2.1 million at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Proceeds from the sale of mortgage-backed securities classified as available-for-sale totaled $154.7 million with a net gain on sale of $782,000 in 2010.  In 2009, proceeds from the sale of mortgage-backed securities classified as available-for-sale totaled $111.2 million with a net gain on sale of $2.0 million.  There were no sales of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale in 2008.  Securities gains, net also included mark-to-market adjustments related to our trading BBB+ securities of a positive $249,000 in 2010, a positive $1.4 million in 2009 and a negative $1.6 million in 2008.

The following table shows the amortized cost of mortgage-backed securities and their related weighted average contractual rates at the end of the last three  years.

 
 
At December 31,
 
 
 
2010 
 
 
2009 
 
 
 
2008 
 
 
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
 
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
 
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Available-for-Sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations (1)
 
$
490,946 
 
5.14 
%
 
 
$
519,527 
 
5.44 
%
 
 
$
419,177 
 
5.12 
%
FNMA
 
 
89,226 
 
3.20 
 
 
 
 
61,603 
 
3.63 
 
 
 
 
35,578 
 
4.19 
 
FHLMC
 
 
43,970 
 
3.44 
 
 
 
 
44,536 
 
3.87 
 
 
 
 
30,477 
 
4.44 
 
GNMA
 
 
65,849 
 
3.52 
 
 
 
 
46,629 
 
4.32 
 
 
 
 
22,536 
 
5.01 
 
 
 
$
689,991 
 
4.63 
%
 
 
$
672,295 
 
5.00 
%
 
 
$
507,768 
 
4.97 
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations
 
$
12,432 
 
3.32 
%
 
 
$
12,183 
 
3.74 
%
 
 
$
10,816 
 
6.01 
%
(1) Includes GSE CMOs available-for-sale.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

CREDIT EXTENSION ACTIVITIES

Over the past several years we have focused on growing the more profitable segments of our loan portfolio. Our current lending activity is concentrated on lending to small- to mid-sized businesses in the mid-Atlantic region of the United States, primarily in Delaware and contiguous counties in Pennsylvania, Maryland and New Jersey. In 2006, residential first mortgage loans comprised 23.5% of the loan portfolio, while the combination of commercial loans and commercial real estate loans made up 64.8%. In contrast, at December 31, 2010, residential first mortgage loans totaled only 12.6%, while commercial loans and commercial real estate loans have increased to a combined total of 77.8% of the loan portfolio. Traditionally, the majority of typical thrift institutions’ loan portfolios have consisted of first mortgage loans on residential properties.

 
11

 

 The following table shows the composition of our loan portfolio at year-end for the last five years.
 
   
 
 
 
 
At December 31,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
Amount
   
Percent
   
Amount
   
Percent
   
Amount
   
Percent
   
Amount
   
Percent
   
Amount
   
Percent
 
   
(Dollars in Thousands)
 
Types of Loans
                                                           
Commercial real estate:
                                                           
   Commercial mortgage
  $ 625,379       24.2 %   $ 524,380       21.2   558,979       22.9    $ 465,928       20.9 %   422,089       20.9  %
   Construction
    140,832       5.5       231,625       9.3       251,508       10.3       276,939       12.4       241,931       12.0  
Total commercial real estate
    766,211       29.7       756,005       30.5       810,487       33.2       742,867       33.3       664,020       32.9  
Commercial
    1,239,102       48.1       1,120,807       45.2       942,920       38.6       787,539       35.3       643,918       31.9  
   Total commercial loans
    2,005,313       77.8       1,876,812       75.7       1,753,407       71.8       1,530,406       68.6       1,307,938       64.8  
Consumer loans:
                                                                               
Residential real estate (1)
    323,410       12.6       357,250       14.4       425,018       17.4       449,853       20.1       474,871       23.5  
Consumer
    309,722       12.0       300,648       12.1       296,728       12.1       278,272       12.4       263,478       13.0  
   Total consumer loans
    633,132       24.6       657,898       26.5       721,746       29.5       728,125       32.5       738,349       36.5  
                                                                                 
Gross loans
  $ 2,638,445       102.4     $ 2,534,710       102.2     $ 2,475,153       101.3     $ 2,258,531       101.1     $ 2,046,287       101.3  
                                                                                 
                                                                                 
Less:
                                                                               
Deferred fees (unearned income)
    2,216       0.1       2,109       0.1       129       -       (701 )     -       (838 )     -  
Allowance for loan losses
    60,339       2.3       53,446       2.1       31,189       1.3       25,252       1.1       27,384       1.3  
                                                                                 
Net loans
  $ 2,575,890       100.0 %   $ 2,479,155       100.0 %   $ 2,443,835       100.0 %   $ 2,233,980       100.0 %   $ 2,019,741       100.0 %
                                                                                 
(1) Includes $14,533, $8,377, $2,275, $2,418 and $925 of residential mortgage loans held-for-sale at December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 

 
12

 

The following tables show how much time remains until our loans mature. The first table details the total loan portfolio by type of loan. The second table details the total loan portfolio by loans with fixed interest rates and loans with adjustable interest rates. The tables show loans by contractual maturity. Loans may be pre-paid so that the actual maturity may be earlier than the contractual maturity. Prepayments tend to be highly dependent upon the interest rate environment. Loans having no stated maturity or repayment schedule are reported in the Less than One Year category.

 
 
Less than
 
One to
 
Over
 
 
 
 
One Year
 
Five Years
 
Five Years
 
Total
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial mortgage loans
 
$
137,305 
 
$
336,711 
 
$
151,363 
 
$
625,379 
Construction loans
 
 
113,433 
 
 
17,004 
 
 
10,395 
 
 
140,832 
Commercial loans
 
 
388,928 
 
 
568,363 
 
 
281,811 
 
 
1,239,102 
Real estate loans (1)
 
 
17,392 
 
 
41,098 
 
 
250,367 
 
 
308,857 
Consumer loans
 
 
228,134 
 
 
43,459 
 
 
38,129 
 
 
309,722 
  Gross loans
 
$
885,192 
 
$
1,006,635 
 
$
732,065 
 
$
2,623,892 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rate sensitivity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Fixed
 
$
110,877 
 
$
366,438 
 
$
211,678 
 
$
688,993 
  Adjustable (2)
 
 
774,315 
 
 
640,197 
 
 
520,387 
 
 
1,934,899 
  Gross loans
 
$
885,192 
 
$
1,006,635 
 
$
732,065 
 
$
2,623,892 
 
 
(1)  Excludes loans held-for-sale.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2)  Includes hybrid adjustable-rate mortgages.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Commercial Real Estate, Construction and Commercial Lending.

Pursuant to section 5(c) of the Home Owners’ Loan Act (“HOLA”), federal savings banks are generally permitted to invest up to 400% of their total regulatory capital in nonresidential real estate loans and up to 20% of its assets in commercial loans. As a federal savings bank that was formerly chartered as a Delaware savings bank, we have certain additional lending authority.

We offer commercial real estate mortgage loans on multi-family properties and other commercial real estate. Generally, loan-to-value ratios for these loans do not exceed 80% of appraised value at origination.

We offer commercial construction loans to developers. In some cases these loans are made as “construction/permanent” loans, which provides for disbursement of loan funds during construction and automatic conversion to mini-permanent loans (1-5 years) upon completion of construction. These construction loans are made on a short-term basis, usually not exceeding two years, with interest rates indexed to our prime rate, the “Wall Street” prime rate or London InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), in most cases, and are adjusted periodically as these rates change. The loan appraisal process includes the same evaluation criteria as required for permanent mortgage loans, but also takes into consideration: completed plans, specifications, comparables and cost estimates. Prior to approval of the credit, these items are used as a basis to determine the appraised value of the subject property when completed. Our policy requires that all appraisals be reviewed independently from our commercial lending staff. At origination, the loan-to-value ratios for construction loans generally do not exceed 75%. The initial interest rate on the permanent portion of the financing is determined by the prevailing market rate at the time of conversion to the permanent loan. At December 31, 2010, $193.4 million was committed for construction loans, of which $140.8 million was outstanding.

The remainder of our commercial lending includes loans for working capital, financing equipment acquisitions, business expansion and other business purposes. These loans generally range in amounts of up to

 
13

 

$10 million (with a few loans higher), and their terms range from less than one year to seven years. The loans generally carry variable interest rates indexed to our Wall Street prime rate, national prime rate or LIBOR, at the time of closing.

Commercial, commercial mortgage and construction lending have a higher level of risk than residential mortgage lending. These loans typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, the payment experience on loans secured by income-producing properties is typically dependent on the successful operation of the related real estate project and may be more subject to adverse conditions in the commercial real estate market or in the general economy. The majority of our commercial and commercial real estate loans are concentrated in Delaware and surrounding areas.

As of December 31, 2010, our commercial loan portfolio was $1.2 billion and represented 48% of our total loan portfolio.  These loans are diversified by industry, with no industry representing more than 11% of the portfolio.  There has been some weakness in this portfolio, primarily from smaller credits with most of these loans well below $1 million.  This weakness was mainly in the small business sector which has been affected by the prolonged economic downturn.

Our commercial real estate (“CRE”) portfolio was $766.2 million at December 31, 2010.  This portfolio is diversified by property type, with no type representing more than 24% of the portfolio.  The largest type is retail related (shopping centers, malls and other retail) with balances of $148.3 million.  The average loan size of a loan in the CRE portfolio is $1.4 million and we have only 26 loans greater than $5 million with three loans greater than $10 million.  Most significant projects are located in our geographic footprint and, while we have not experienced significant weakness to date, management continues to monitor this portfolio closely.

Construction loans involve additional risk because loan funds are advanced as construction projects progress. The valuation of the underlying collateral can be difficult to quantify prior to the completion of the construction. This is due to uncertainties inherent in construction such as changing construction costs, delays arising from labor or material shortages and other unpredictable contingencies. We attempt to mitigate these risks and plan for these contingencies through additional analysis and monitoring of our construction projects. Construction loans receive independent inspections prior to disbursement of funds.

As of December 31, 2010, our construction loans totaled $140.8 million, or only 5.5% of our loan portfolio. Since 2005, we have imposed limits on each category of residential and commercial construction and land development (“CLD”) loans, as well as geographic sub-limits and a sub-limit on “land hold” CLD.  Residential CLD, one of the hardest hit sectors in today’s economy, represents only $68.7 million or 2.6% of the loan portfolio. Our average residential CLD loan is $1.3 million. Only one of our residential CLD loans exceeded $5.0 million and our largest geographic concentration (Sussex County, Delaware) represents only $27.0 million.  Our commercial CLD portfolio was only $58.1 million, or 2.2% of total loans.  We continue to reduce the amount of exposure we have to these types of loans.  We are recording very few new CLD loans.  The remaining amount of availability on existing loans is minimal and there are very few loans with interest reserves remaining.  Our “land hold” loans, which are land loans not currently being developed, were only $39.2 million, or less than 2% of total loans, at December 31, 2010.  Also included in the construction loan portfolio at December 31, 2010 was $13.9 million of owner-occupied constructon loans.

Federal law limits the extensions of credit to any one borrower to 15% of unimpaired capital (approximately $63.0 million), or 25% if the difference is secured by readily marketable collateral having a market value that can be determined by reliable and continually available pricing. Extensions of credit include outstanding loans as well as contractual commitments to advance funds, such as standby letters of credit, but do not include unfunded loan commitments. At December 31, 2010, no borrower had collective outstandings exceeding these legal lending limits.  Only eight commercial relationships, when all loans related to the

 
14

 

relationship are combined, reach outstandings in excess of $20.0 million and these relationships are collateralized by real estate, company assets, U.S. Treasuries and, in one relationship, a CD held at the Bank.

Residential Real Estate Lending.

Generally, we originate residential first mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios of up to 80% and require private mortgage insurance for up to 30% of the mortgage amount for mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios exceeding 80%. We do not have any significant concentrations of such insurance with any one insurer. On a very limited basis, we originate or purchase loans with loan-to-value ratios exceeding 80% without a private mortgage insurance requirement. At December 31, 2010, the balance of all such loans was approximately $4.5 million.

Generally, our residential mortgage loans are underwritten and documented in accordance with standard underwriting criteria published by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and other secondary market participants to assure maximum eligibility for subsequent sale in the secondary market. Typically, we sell only those loans that are originated specifically with the intention to sell on a “flow” basis.

To protect the propriety of our liens, we require title insurance be obtained. We also require fire, extended coverage casualty and flood insurance (where applicable) for properties securing residential loans. All properties securing residential loans made by us are appraised by independent, licensed and certified appraisers and are subject to review in accordance with our standards.

The majority of our adjustable-rate, residential real estate loans have interest rates that adjust yearly after an initial period. Typically, the change in rate is limited to two percentage points at each adjustment date. Adjustments are generally based upon a margin (currently 2.75%) over the weekly average yield on U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity, as published by the Federal Reserve Board.

Usually, the maximum rate on these loans is six percent above the initial interest rate. We underwrite adjustable-rate loans under standards consistent with private mortgage insurance and secondary market underwriting criteria. We do not originate adjustable-rate mortgages with payment limitations that could produce negative amortization.

The adjustable-rate mortgage loans in our loan portfolio help mitigate our risk to changes in interest rates. However, there are unquantifiable credit risks resulting from potential increased costs to the borrower as a result of re-pricing adjustable-rate mortgage loans. It is possible that during periods of rising interest rates, the risk of default on adjustable-rate mortgage loans may increase due to the upward adjustment of interest costs to the borrower. Further, although adjustable-rate mortgage loans allow us to increase the sensitivity of our asset base to changes in interest rates, the extent of this interest sensitivity is limited by the periodic and lifetime interest rate adjustment limitations. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that yields on our adjustable-rate mortgages will adjust sufficiently to compensate for increases to our cost of funds during periods of extreme interest rate increases.

The original contractual loan payment period for residential loans is normally 10 to 30 years. Because borrowers may refinance or prepay their loans without penalty, these loans tend to remain outstanding for a substantially shorter period of time. First mortgage loans customarily include “due-on-sale” clauses on adjustable- and fixed-rate loans. This provision gives us the right to declare a loan immediately due and payable in the event the borrower sells or otherwise disposes of the real property subject to the mortgage. Due-on-sale clauses are an important means of adjusting the rate on existing fixed-rate mortgage loans to current market rates. We enforce due-on-sale clauses through foreclosure and other legal proceedings to the extent available under applicable laws.

In general, loans are sold without recourse except for the repurchase right arising from standard contract provisions covering violation of representations and warranties or, under certain investor contracts, a

 
15

 

default by the borrower on the first payment. We also have limited recourse exposure under certain investor contracts in the event a borrower prepays a loan in total within a specified period after sale, typically one year. The recourse is limited to a pro rata portion of the premium paid by the investor for that loan, less any prepayment penalty collectible from the borrower.

We have a very limited amount of subprime loans, $12.4 million, at December 31, 2010 (0.47% of total loans) and no negative amortizing loans or interest only first mortgage loans. Subprime mortgage delinquencies of 14% in our small portfolio are a fraction of the national average of 26%, due to our underwriting and seasoning of these loans.

Consumer Lending.

Our primary consumer credit products (excluding first mortgage loans) are home equity lines of credit and equity-secured installment loans. At December 31, 2010, home equity lines of credit totaled $205.2 million and equity-secured installment loans totaled $82.2 million. In total, these product lines represent 92.8% of total consumer loans. Some home equity products granted a borrower credit availability of up to 100% of the appraised value (net of any senior mortgages) of their residence. Maximum loan to value (“LTV”) limits are 80% for primary residences and 75% for all other properties as of December 31, 2010.  Maximum LTV limits on all other properties remained at 75%.  At December 31, 2010, we had extended $329.0 million in home equity lines of credit. Home equity lines of credit offer customers potential Federal income tax advantages, the convenience of checkbook access, revolving credit features and are typically more attractive in the current low interest rate environment. Home equity lines of credit expose us to the risk that falling collateral values may leave us inadequately secured.  The risk on products like home equity loans is mitigated as they amortize over time.

Prior to 2009, we had not observed any significant adverse experience on home equity lines of credit or equity-secured installment loans but delinquencies and net charge-offs on these products have increased over the past two years, mainly as a result of the deteriorating economy, job losses and declining home values.

 
16

 

The following table shows our consumer loans at year-end, for the last five years.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31,
 
 
 
2010 
 
 
2009 
 
 
2008 
 
 
2007 
 
 
2006 
 
 
 
 
 
Percent of
 
 
 
 
 
Percent of
 
 
 
 
 
Percent of
 
 
 
 
 
Percent of
 
 
 
 
 
Percent of
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer
 
 
Amount
 
Loans
 
 
Amount
 
Loans
 
 
Amount
 
Loans
 
 
Amount
 
Loans
 
 
Amount
 
Loans
 
 
(Dollars in Thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity secured installment loans
 
$
82,188 
 
26.5 
%
 
 
$
102,727 
 
34.2 
%
 
 
$
131,550 
 
44.3 
%
 
 
$
147,551 
 
53.0 
%
 
 
$
141,708 
 
53.8 
%
Home equity lines of credit
 
 
205,244 
 
66.3 
 
 
 
 
177,407 
 
59.0 
 
 
 
 
141,678 
 
47.8 
 
 
 
 
107,912 
 
38.8 
 
 
 
 
98,567 
 
37.4 
 
Automobile
 
 
1,097 
 
0.4 
 
 
 
 
1,135 
 
0.4 
 
 
 
 
1,134 
 
0.4 
 
 
 
 
1,159 
 
0.4 
 
 
 
 
1,702 
 
0.7 
 
Unsecured lines of credit
 
 
7,758 
 
2.5 
 
 
 
 
7,246 
 
2.4 
 
 
 
 
6,779 
 
2.3 
 
 
 
 
5,972 
 
2.1 
 
 
 
 
11,361 
 
4.3 
 
Other
 
 
13,435 
 
4.3 
 
 
 
 
12,133 
 
4.0 
 
 
 
 
15,587 
 
5.2 
 
 
 
 
15,678 
 
5.7 
 
 
 
 
10,140 
 
3.8 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total consumer loans
 
$
309,722 
 
100 
%
 
 
$
300,648 
 
100 
%
 
 
$
296,728 
 
100 
%
 
 
$
278,272 
 
100 
%
 
 
$
263,478 
 
100 
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
17

 

Loan Originations, Purchase and Sales.

We have engaged in traditional lending activities primarily in Delaware and contiguous areas of neighboring states. As a federal savings bank, however, we may originate, purchase and sell loans throughout the United States. We have purchased limited amounts of loans from outside our normal lending area when such purchases are deemed appropriate. We originate fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential real estate loans through our banking offices. In addition, we have established relationships with correspondent banks and mortgage brokers to originate loans.

During 2010, we originated $290.7 million of residential real estate loans. This compares to originations of $482.8 million in 2009. From time to time, we have purchased whole loans and loan participations in accordance with our ongoing asset and liability management objectives. Purchases of residential real estate loans from correspondents and brokers primarily in the mid-Atlantic region totaled $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $4.0 million for 2009. Residential real estate loan sales totaled $153.1 million in 2010 and $269.4 million in 2009.  We sell certain newly originated mortgage loans in the secondary market primarily to control the interest rate sensitivity of our balance sheet and to manage overall balance sheet mix. We hold certain fixed-rate mortgage loans for investment consistent with our current asset/liability management strategies.

At December 31, 2010, we serviced approximately $221.2 million of residential mortgage loans for others compared to $256.7 million at December 31, 2009. We also service residential mortgage loans for our own portfolio totaling $308.9 million and $348.9 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

We originate commercial real estate and commercial loans through our commercial lending division. Commercial loans are made for working capital, financing equipment acquisitions, business expansion and other business purposes. During 2010, we originated $576.9 million of commercial and commercial real estate loans compared with $502.7 million in 2009. To reduce our exposure on certain types of these loans, or to maintain relationships within internal lending limits, at times we will sell a portion of our commercial real estate loan portfolio, typically through loan participations. Commercial real estate loan sales totaled $34.5 million and $23.5 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively. These amounts represent gross contract amounts and do not necessarily reflect amounts outstanding on those loans.
 
Our consumer lending activity is conducted mainly through our branch offices. We originate a variety of consumer credit products including home improvement loans, home equity lines of credit, automobile loans, unsecured lines of credit and other secured and unsecured personal installment loans.

During 2006, we formed a new reverse mortgage initiative under the Bank’s retail leadership. The Bank’s activity during 2010 has been limited to acting as a correspondent for these loans These reverse mortgages are government insured.  During 2010 we originated $18.6 million in reverse mortgages compared to $33.4 million during 2009, of which all were sold.

During 2008, we acquired a majority interest in 1st Reverse Financial Services, LLC (1st Reverse), which specialized in originating and subsequently selling reverse mortgage loans nationwide. These reverse mortgages were government approved and insured.  During the latter part of 2009, due to market conditions, we decided to conduct an orderly wind-down of 1st Reverse operations (discussed further in Note 20 of the Consolidated Financial Statements).

All loans to one borrowing relationship exceeding $3.5 million must be approved by the Senior Management Loan Committee (“SLC”). The Executive Committee of the Board of Directors (“EC”) reviews the minutes of the SLC meetings. They also approve individual loans exceeding $5 million for customers with less than one year of significant loan history with the Bank and loans in excess of $7.5 million for customers with established borrowing relationships. Depending upon their experience and management position, individual officers of the Bank have the authority to approve smaller loan amounts. Our credit policy includes

 
18

 

a “House Limit” to one borrowing relationship of $20 million.  In rare circumstances, we will approve exceptions to the “House Limit”.  Currently we have nine relationships that exceed this limit.  Those nine relationships were allowed to exceed the “House Limit” because either the relationship contained several loans/borrowers that have no economic relationship (typically real estate investors with amounts diversified across a number of properties) or the exposure was marginally in excess of the “House Limit” and the credit profile was deemed strong. 

Fee Income from Lending Activities.
 
We earn fee income from lending activities, including fees for originating loans, servicing loans and selling loan participations. We also receive fee income for making commitments to originate construction, residential and commercial real estate loans. Additionally, we collect fees related to existing loans which include prepayment charges, late charges, assumption fees and swap fees. 
 
We charge fees for making loan commitments.  Also as part of the loan application process, the borrower may pay us for out-of-pocket costs to review the application, whether or not the loan is closed.
 
Most loan fees are not recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations immediately, but are deferred as adjustments of yield in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and are reflected in interest income. Those fees represented interest income of $671,000, $944,000, and $1.1 million during 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.  Fee income in 2010 was mainly due to fee accretion on existing loans (including the acceleration of the accretion on loans that paid early), loan growth and prepayment penalties.  The overall decrease in fee income was the result of the planned reduction of certain loan categories during 2010.

LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE, PROBLEM ASSETS AND DELINQUENCIES

Our results of operations can be negatively impacted by nonperforming assets, which include nonaccruing loans, nonperforming real estate investments, assets acquired through foreclosure and restructured loans. Nonaccruing loans are those on which the accrual of interest has ceased. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status immediately if, in our opinion, collection is doubtful, or when principal or interest is past due 90 days or more and collateral is insufficient to cover principal and interest. Interest accrued, but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, is reversed and charged against interest income. In addition, the amortization of net deferred loan fees is suspended when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Subsequent cash receipts are applied either to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, depending on management’s assessment of the ultimate collectability of principal and interest.

We endeavor to manage our portfolio to identify problem loans as promptly as possible and take immediate actions to minimize losses. To accomplish this, our Loan Administration and Risk Management Department monitors the asset quality of our loan and investment in real estate portfolios and reports such information to the Credit Policy Committee, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors and the Bank’s Controller’s Department.

SOURCES OF FUNDS

We manage our liquidity risk and funding needs through our treasury function and our Asset/Liability Committee. Historically, we have had success in growing our loan portfolio. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2010, net loan growth resulted in the use of $148.2 million in cash. The loan growth was primarily due to the acquisition of CB&T and our continued success increasing corporate and small business lending. We expect this trend to continue. While our loan-to-deposit ratio had been well above 100% for many years, during 2010 we made significant improvements to decrease this ratio through increased deposit growth.  As a result, of this growth, our loan-to-total customer funding ratio was 98%, besting our long-term strategic

 
19

 

goal of 100% well ahead of schedule.   Management has significant experience managing its funding needs through borrowings and deposit growth.

As a financial institution, we have access to several sources of funding. Among these are:

     ·  
Deposit growth
     ·  
Brokered deposits
     ·  
Borrowing from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”)
     ·  
Fed Discount Window access
     ·  
Other borrowings such as repurchase agreements
     ·  
Cash flow from securities and loan sales and repayments
     ·  
Net income.

Our current branch expansion and renovation program is focused on expanding our retail footprint in Delaware and southeastern Pennsylvania and attracting new customers to provide additional deposit growth. Customer deposit growth was strong, equaling $346.5 million, or 16%, between December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010.

Deposits. We offer various deposit programs to our customers, including savings accounts, demand deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits, money market deposit accounts and certificates of deposits. In addition, we accept “jumbo” certificates of deposit with balances in excess of $100,000 from individuals, businesses and municipalities in Delaware.

WSFS soon expects to be the largest independent full-service bank and trust institution headquartered and operating in Delaware. The Bank primarily attracts deposits through its retail branch offices and loan production offices, in Delaware’s New Castle, Sussex and Kent counties, as well as nearby Southeastern Pennsylvania and Annandale, Virginia.

Growth in total deposits of $248.9 million, or 10%, compares favorably to the national average growth rate of 2% based on a recent Federal Reserve statistical release (FRB: H.8 Release dated February 11, 2011).

The following table shows the maturities of certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2010:
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturity Period
2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 3 months
 
$
96,873 
 
 
 
 
Over 3 months to 6 months
 
 
49,463 
 
 
 
 
Over 6 months to 12 months
 
 
82,448 
 
 
 
 
Over 12 months
 
 
68,327 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
297,111 
 
 
 

Borrowings. We utilize the following borrowing sources to fund operations:

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, we are able to obtain Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances. Outstanding advances from the FHLB of Pittsburgh had rates ranging from 0.60% to 4.45% at December 31, 2010. Pursuant to collateral agreements with the FHLB, the advances are secured by qualifying first mortgage loans, qualifying fixed-income securities, FHLB stock and an interest-

 
20

 

bearing demand deposit account with the FHLB. We are required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB of Pittsburgh in an amount at least equal to 4.60% of our borrowings from them, plus 0.35% of our member asset value.  As of December 31, 2010, our FHLB stock investment totaled $37.5 million.

At December 31, 2010 we had $489.0 million in FHLB advances with a weighted average rate of 2.28% maturing in 2011 and beyond.

In December 2008, the FHLB of Pittsburgh announced the suspension of both dividend payments and the repurchase of capital stock until such time as it becomes prudent to reinstate both. We received no dividends from the FHLB of Pittsburgh during 2010 or 2009.  However the FHLB did repurchase $1.8 million of its capital stock in 2010.

The FHLB of Pittsburgh is rated AAA, has a very high degree of government support and was in compliance with all regulatory capital requirements as of December 31, 2010.  Based on these factors, we have determined there was no other-than-temporary impairment related to out FHLB stock investment as of December 31, 2010.

Trust Preferred Borrowings

In 2005, we issued $67.0 million aggregate principal amount of Pooled Floating Rate Securities at a variable interest rate of 177 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate. The proceeds from this issuance were used to fund the redemption of $51.5 million of Floating Rate Capital Trust I Preferred Securities which had a variable interest rate of 250 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate.

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

During 2010 and 2009, we purchased federal funds as a short-term funding source. At December 31, 2010, we had purchased $75.0 million in federal funds at a rate of 0.38%.  At December 31, 2009, we  had purchased $75.0 million in federal funds at a rate of 0.38%.

During 2010, we sold securities under agreements to repurchase as a funding source. At December 31, 2010 we had sold $25.0 million of securities sold under agreements to repurchase with fixed rates of 4.87%. The underlying securities are mortgage-backed securities with a book value of $27.6 million as of December 31, 2010.

Other Borrowed Funds

Included in other borrowed funds are collateralized borrowings of $61.6 million and $44.7 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009 respectively, consisting of outstanding retail repurchase agreements, which are contractual arrangements under which portions of certain securities are sold overnight to retail customers under agreements to repurchase. Such borrowings were collateralized by mortgage-backed securities. The average rates on these borrowings were 0.17% and 0.18% at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  In addition, during 2009 we issued $30.0 million of unsecured debt, with a three year maturity, under the FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program.  The rate on this debt was 2.74% at December 31, 2010.

PERSONNEL

As of December 31, 2010 we had 695 full-time equivalent Associates (employees).  The Associates are not represented by a collective bargaining unit.  We believe our relationship with our Associates is very good, as evidenced by being a “Top Workplace” by an independent survey of our Associates for the last 5 years.


 
21

 


REGULATION

Regulation of the Corporation
 
General. We are a registered savings and loan holding company and are subject to the regulation, examination, supervision and reporting requirements of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”). Under the recently enacted Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), the powers of the OTS over us and the Bank will transfer to other federal financial institution regulatory agencies on July 21, 2011, unless extended up to an additional six months. See “Financial Reform Legislation.” As of the transfer date, all of the regulatory functions related to the Bank that are currently under the jurisdiction of the OTS will transfer to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. In addition, as of that same date, all of the regulatory functions related to us, as a savings and loan holding company that are currently under the jurisdiction of the OTS, will transfer to the Federal Reserve.
 
We are also a public company with a class of stock subject to the reporting requirements of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The filings we make with the SEC, including Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports, are available on the investor relations page of our website at www.wsfsbank.com.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The SEC has promulgated regulations pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Act”) and may continue to propose additional implementing or clarifying regulations as necessary in furtherance of the Act. The passage of the Act and the regulations implemented by the SEC subject publicly-traded companies to additional and more cumbersome reporting regulations and disclosure. Compliance with the Act and corresponding regulations has increased our expenses.
   
Restrictions on Acquisitions. A savings and loan holding company must obtain the prior approval of the Director of OTS before acquiring (i) control of any other savings association or savings and loan holding company or substantially all the assets thereof, or (ii) more than 5% of the voting shares of a savings association or holding company thereof which is not a subsidiary. Except with the prior approval of the Director of OTS, no director or officer of a savings and loan holding company or person owning or controlling by proxy or otherwise more than 25% of such company’s stock, may also acquire control of any savings association, other than a subsidiary savings association, or of any other savings and loan holding company.

The OTS may only approve acquisitions resulting in the formation of a multiple savings and loan holding company which controls savings associations in more than one state if: (i) the company involved controls a savings institution which operated a home or branch office in the state of the association to be acquired as of March 5, 1987; (ii) the acquirer is authorized to acquire control of the savings association pursuant to the emergency acquisition provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; or (iii) the statutes of the state in which the association to be acquired is located specifically permit institutions to be acquired by state-chartered associations or savings and loan holding companies located in the state where the acquiring entity is located (or by a holding company that controls such state-chartered savings institutions). The laws of Delaware do not specifically authorize out-of-state savings associations or their holding companies to acquire Delaware-chartered savings associations.

The statutory restrictions on the formation of interstate multiple holding companies would not prevent us from entering into other states by mergers or branching. OTS regulations permit federal associations to branch in any state or states of the United States and its territories. Except in supervisory cases or when interstate branching is otherwise permitted by state law or other statutory provision, a federal association may not establish an out-of-state branch unless the federal association qualifies as a “domestic building and loan association” under Section 7701(a)(19) of the Internal Revenue Code or as a “qualified thrift lender” under the Home Owners’ Loan Act and the total assets attributable to all branches of the association in the state would qualify such branches taken as a whole for treatment as a domestic building and loan association or qualified

 
22

 

thrift lender. Federal associations generally may not establish new branches unless the association meets or exceeds minimum regulatory capital requirements. The OTS will also consider the association’s record of compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 in connection with any branch application.

Financial Reform Legislation.  On July 21, 2010, the president signed the Dodd-Frank Act into law. The Dodd-Frank Act will likely result in dramatic changes across the financial regulatory system, some of which became effective immediately and some of which will not become effective until various future dates. Implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act will require many new rules to be made by various federal regulatory agencies over the next several years, including our current and future regulatory agencies, and the effect of many of the Dodd-Frank Act’s provisions will be determined through the rulemaking process.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act includes provisions that, among other effects:
 
    ●
The OTS will be merged into the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the authority of the other two bank regulatory agencies restructured. The federal thrift charter will be preserved with the Federal Reserve given authority over savings and loan holding companies.
 
    ●   
Creates a new agency, the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, to centralize responsibility for consumer financial protection. responsible for implementing, examining and enforcing compliance with federal consumer financial laws such as the Truth in Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and the Truth in Saving Act, among others.  Depository institutions that have assets of $10 billion or less, such as us, will continue to be supervised by their primary federal regulators (in our case, the OTS until it is abolished, and then the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”)).  The CFPB will also have data collecting powers for fair lending purposes for both small business and mortgage loans, as well as authority to prevent unfair, deceptive and abusive practices.
 
    ●    
Imposes new consumer protection requirements in mortgage loan transactions, including requiring creditors to make reasonable, good faith determinations that consumers have a reasonable ability to repay mortgage loans, prohibiting originators of residential mortgage loans from being paid compensation (such as a “yield spread premium”) that varies based on the terms of the loan other than the principal amount of the loan, requiring new disclosure requirements for residential mortgage loans, requiring additional disclosures in periodic loan account statements, amending the Truth-in-Lending Act’s “high-cost” mortgage provisions, and adopting certain other revisions.
 
    ● 
Changes the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits to consolidated assets less tangible capital, eliminates the ceiling on the size of the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”), and increases the required minimum reserve ratio for the DIF, from 1.15% to 1.35% of insured deposits.

    ●  
Increases the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2008, with non-interest-bearing transaction accounts having unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012.
 
Adopts changes to corporate governance requirements, including requiring shareholder votes on executive compensation and proxy access by shareholders, that apply to all public companies.
 
Effective in July 2011, repeals various banking law provisions prohibiting the payment of interest on demand deposits. 
 
Authorizes the Federal Reserve to adopt rules to regulate the reasonableness of debit card interchange fees charged by financial institutions with $10 billion or more in assets with respect to electronic debit transactions. The amount of such fees must be “reasonable and proportional” to the cost incurred by
 
 
 
23

 
 
   
the issuer. Issuers that, together with their affiliates, have assets of less than $10 billion would not be covered by the rules.
 
Some of these provisions may have the consequence of increasing our expenses, decreasing our revenues, and changing the activities in which we choose to engage. At a minimum, we expect that the Dodd-Frank Act will increase our operating and compliance costs.  The specific impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our current activities or new financial activities will be considered in the future, and our financial performance and the markets in which we operate will depend on the manner in which the relevant agencies develop and implement the required rules and the reaction of market participants to these regulatory developments. Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to rulemaking and will take effect over several years, making it difficult to anticipate the overall financial impact on the Company, its customers, or the financial industry in general.
 
Regulation of WSFS Bank

General. As a federally chartered savings institution, the Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the Office of Thrift Supervision. The lending activities and other investments of the Bank must comply with various federal regulatory requirements. The OTS periodically examines the Bank for compliance with regulatory requirements. The FDIC also has the authority to conduct special examinations of the Bank. The Bank must file reports with the OTS describing its activities and financial condition. The Bank is also subject to certain reserve requirements promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board.  (Note:  The OTS is merging with the OCC in July of 2011.)

Transactions with Affiliates; Tying Arrangements. The Bank is subject to certain restrictions in its dealings with us and our affiliates. Transactions between savings associations and any affiliate are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate of a savings association, generally, is any company or entity which controls or is under common control with the savings association or any subsidiary of the savings association that is a bank or savings association. In a holding company context, the parent holding company of a savings association (such as “WSFS Financial Corporation”) and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company are affiliates of the savings association. Generally, Sections 23A and 23B (i) limit the extent to which the savings institution or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such institution’s capital stock and surplus, and limit the aggregate of all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus and (ii) require that all such transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the institution or subsidiary as those provided to a non-affiliate. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchase of assets, issuance of a guarantee and similar types of transactions. In addition to the restrictions imposed by Sections 23A and 23B, no savings association may (i) lend or otherwise extend credit to an affiliate that engages in any activity impermissible for bank holding companies, or (ii) purchase or invest in any stocks, bonds, debentures, notes or similar obligations of any affiliate, except for affiliates which are subsidiaries of the savings association. Savings associations are also prohibited from extending credit, offering services, or fixing or varying the consideration for any extension of credit or service on the condition that the customer obtain some additional service from the institution or certain of its affiliates or that the customer not obtain services from a competitor of the institution, subject to certain limited exceptions.

Regulatory Capital Requirements. Under OTS capital regulations, savings institutions must maintain “tangible” capital equal to 1.5% of adjusted total assets, “Tier 1” or “core” capital equal to 4% of adjusted total assets (or 3% if the institution is rated composite 1 under the OTS examiner rating system), and “total” capital (a combination of core and “supplementary” capital) equal to 8% of risk-weighted assets. In addition, OTS

 
24

 

regulations impose certain restrictions on savings associations that have a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of less than 4.0% or a ratio of Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets of less than 4.0% (or 3.0% if the institution is rated Composite 1 under the OTS examination rating system). For purposes of these regulations, Tier 1 capital has the same definition as core capital.

The OTS capital rule defines Tier 1 or core capital as common stockholders’ equity (including retained earnings), noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus, minority interests in the equity accounts of fully consolidated subsidiaries, certain nonwithdrawable accounts and pledged deposits of mutual institutions and “qualifying supervisory goodwill,” less intangible assets other than certain supervisory goodwill and, subject to certain limitations, mortgage and non-mortgage servicing rights, purchased credit card relationships and credit-enhancing interest only strips. Tangible capital is given the same definition as core capital but does not include qualifying supervisory goodwill and is reduced by the amount of all the savings institution’s intangible assets except for limited amounts of mortgage servicing assets. The OTS capital rule requires that core and tangible capital be reduced by an amount equal to a savings institution’s debt and equity investments in “non-includable” subsidiaries engaged in activities not permissible to national banks, other than subsidiaries engaged in activities undertaken as agent for customers or in mortgage banking activities and subsidiary depository institutions or their holding companies. At December 31, 2010, the Bank was in compliance with both the core and tangible capital requirements.

The risk weights assigned by the OTS risk-based capital regulation range from 0% for cash and U.S. government securities to 100% for consumer and commercial loans, non-qualifying mortgage loans, property acquired through foreclosure, assets more than 90 days past due and other assets. In determining compliance with the risk-based capital requirement, a savings institution may include both core capital and supplementary capital in its total capital, provided the amount of supplementary capital included does not exceed the savings institution’s core capital. Supplementary capital is defined to include certain preferred stock issues, nonwithdrawable accounts and pledged deposits that do not qualify as core capital, certain approved subordinated debt, certain other capital instruments, general loan loss allowances up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and up to 45% of unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair values. Total capital is reduced by the amount of the institution’s reciprocal holdings of depository institution capital instruments and all equity investments. At December 31, 2010, the Bank was in compliance with the OTS risk-based capital requirements.

Dividend Restrictions. As the subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, WSFS Bank must submit notice to the OTS prior to making any capital distribution (which includes cash dividends and payments to shareholders of another institution in a cash merger). In addition, a savings association must make application to the OTS to pay a capital distribution if (x) the association would not be adequately capitalized following the distribution, (y) the association’s total distributions for the calendar year exceeds the association’s net income for the calendar year to date plus its net income (less distributions) for the preceding two years, or (z) the distribution would otherwise violate applicable law or regulation or an agreement with or condition imposed by the OTS.

Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the DIF of the FDIC.  Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act was amended to increase the maximum deposit insurance amount from $100,000 to $250,000 and extended the unlimited deposit insurance coverage for non interest-bearing transaction accounts until December 31, 2012.  Prior to the Dodd-Frank Act, the unlimited coverage for non-interest-bearing deposit accounts had been provided on a temporary basis pursuant to the FDIC’s Transaction Account Guarantee Program established in October, 2008.  Institutions had been able to opt out of the provisions of the Transaction Account Guarantee Program but those that chose to participate were assessed an additional fee. The unlimited coverage is now applicable to all institutions and there is no longer a separate assessment.  The Transaction Account Guarantee Program expired on December 31, 2010.  The FDIC determines insurance premiums based on a number of factors, primarily the risk of loss that insured institutions pose to the DIF.
 
In May 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule imposing a 5 basis point special assessment on each insured depository institution's assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, subject to a limit that the

 
25

 
amount of the special assessment for any institution cannot exceed 10 basis points times the institution's deposit insurance assessment base for the second quarter 2009. We paid this special assessment in September, 2009. Further, in November 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule imposing a 13-quarter prepayment of FDIC premiums. The prepayment amount was paid in December 2009 and represented an estimated prepayment for deposit insurance assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 through the fourth quarter of 2012. The prepayment amount will be used to offset future FDIC premiums beginning with the March 2010 payment.

The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the previous statutory maximum limit on the FDIC’s reserve ratio (which is generally the ratio of the DIF balance to the estimated amount of deposits insured by the DIF) and set the minimum reserve ratio to not less than 1.35 percent of estimated insured deposits or the comparable percentage of the FDIC’s assessment base. The act also required the FDIC to take the steps necessary to attain the 1.35 percent ratio by September 30, 2020, subject to an offsetting requirement for certain institutions.
 
The large number of bank failures during the last several years have significantly increased the DIF’s losses such that its reserve ratio is less than the mandated minimum.  As a result, the FDIC established a restoration plan in October 2008 and has amended the plan several times since then. Most recently, the FDIC amended the restoration plan on October 19, 2010 in response to the Dodd-Frank Act to provide for reaching the 1.35% reserve ratio by September 30, 2020. The amended restoration plan also provided that the FDIC will forego the uniform 3 basis point increase in initial deposit insurance assessment rates that were previously scheduled to take effect on January 1, 2011 and to otherwise maintain the current schedule of assessment rates for all insured depository institutions. Also under the amended plan, the FDIC will pursue further rulemaking in 2011 regarding the method that will be used to reach 1.35 percent by September 30, 2020 and regarding the Dodd-Frank Act requirement that the FDIC offset the effect on insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion of the statutory requirement that the reserve ratio reach 1.35 percent by September 30, 2020, rather than 1.15 percent by the end of 2016 (which was required under the prior restoration plan). At least semiannually, the FDIC will update its loss and income projections for the DIF and, if needed, will increase assessment rates, following notice-and-comment rulemaking if required. The FDIC may also lower assessment rates following notice-and comment rulemaking if required. Institutions may continue to use assessment credits (for regular quarterly assessments and for any special assessments) without additional restriction (other than those imposed by law) during the term of the restoration plan.
 
On February 7, 2011, the FDIC issued a final rule to implement changes to the its assessment base used to determine risk-based premiums for insured depository institutions as required under the Dodd-Frank Act and also changed the risk-based pricing system necessitated by changes to the assessment base. These changes will take effect for the quarter beginning April 1, 2011, and will be reflected in the invoices for DIF assessments due September 30, 2011.
 
Future changes in insurance premiums could have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations and we cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future.
 
Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC or the OTS. We do not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of its deposit insurance. 
 
In addition to the assessment for deposit insurance, institutions are required to make payments on bonds issued in the late 1980s by the Financing Corporation to recapitalize a predecessor deposit insurance fund. 
 
Federal Reserve System. Pursuant to regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, a savings institution must maintain reserves against their transaction accounts. As of December 31, 2010, no reserves were required to be maintained on the first $10.7 million of transaction accounts, reserves of 3% were required to be maintained against the next $55.2 million (increasing to $58.8 million in 2011) of transaction accounts and a

 
26

 

reserve of 10% against all remaining transaction accounts. This percentage is subject to adjustment by the Federal Reserve Board. Because required reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash or in a non-interest bearing account at a Federal Reserve Bank, the effect of the reserve requirement may reduce the amount of an institution’s interest-earning assets. As of December 31, 2010 we met our reserve requirements.
 
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

The following are certain risks that management believes are specific to our business. This should not be viewed as an all inclusive list and the order is not intended as an indicator of the level of importance.

Many emergency measures designed to stabilize the U.S. financial system are scheduled to expire soon.

Since 2008, various legislative and regulatory actions have been implemented in response to the financial crises affecting the banking system and financial markets and to the recession.  Many of these programs are beginning to expire.  The wind-down of these programs may have a direct adverse effect on us or a broader adverse impact on the financial sector or economy in general.  TARP was established pursuant to EESA, as amended by ARRA, whereby the Treasury has the authority to, among other things, spend up to $700 billion to purchase equity in financial institutions, purchase mortgages, mortgage-backed securities and certain other financial instruments from financial institutions for the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets.  Though TARP was scheduled to expire on December 31, 2009, Treasury extended TARP until October 3, 2010, in order to retain an adequate financial stability reserve if financial conditions worsen and threaten the economy.  On October 21, 2009, the FDIC voted to end the Debt Guarantee Program portion of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, which guarantees certain “newly-issued unsecured debt” of banks and certain holding companies.  The Debt Guarantee Program expired on October 31, 2009, with the guarantee period on such debt expiring on December 30, 2012.  The Transaction Account Guarantee portion of the program, which guarantees non-interest bearing bank transaction accounts on an unlimited basis was extended until December 31, 2010 and recent amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act provide full deposit insurance coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts and Interest on Lawyer Trust Accounts or IOLTAs beginning December 31, 2010, for a two-year period.  Additionally, the Federal Reserve Board’s bond purchase program (QE2) is scheduled to end in June of 2011.

We cannot predict the effect that the wind-down of these various governmental programs will have on current financial market conditions, or on our business, financial condition, results of operations, access to credit and the trading price of our common stock.
 
We may be required to pay significantly higher FDIC premiums, special assessments, or taxes that could adversely affect our earnings.
 
Market developments have significantly depleted the insurance fund of the FDIC and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits. As a result, we may be required to pay significantly higher premiums or additional special assessments or taxes that could adversely affect our earnings. We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are additional bank or financial institution failures, we may be required to pay even higher FDIC premiums than the higher levels imposed in 2010. These increases and any future increases or required prepayments in FDIC insurance premiums or taxes may materially adversely affect our results of operations.
 

 
27

 
 
The prolonged deep recession, difficult market conditions and economic trends have adversely affected our industry and our business and may continue to do so.
 
We are exposed to downturns in the Delaware, Mid-Atlantic and overall U. S. housing market. Economic recovery in these geographic areas has been modest.  Dramatic declines in the housing market over the past several years have negatively impacted home prices and increased delinquencies and foreclosures.  The sale of foreclosure properties has negatively impacted collateral values increasing loss expectancies on mortgage and construction loans at many financial institutions. The values of real estate collateral supporting many loans may continue to decline. General downward economic trends over several years, reduced availability of commercial credit and increased unemployment have negatively impacted the credit performance of commercial and consumer credit Although the economy appears to be stabilizing, market turmoil and tightening of credit has led to increased commercial and consumer deficiencies, lack of customer confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction in general business activity. The resulting economic pressure on consumers and businesses and the lack of confidence in the financial markets may continue to adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and stock price. A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on us and others in the industry. In particular, we may face the following risks in connection with these events:
 
  
An increase in the number of borrowers unable to repay their loans in accordance with the original terms.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Our ability to assess the creditworthiness of customers and to estimate the losses inherent in our credit exposure is made more complex by these difficult market and economic conditions.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Our ability to borrow from other financial institutions or the Federal Home Loan Bank on favorable terms or at all could be adversely affected by further disruptions in the capital markets or other events.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
We may experience increases in foreclosures, delinquencies and customer bankruptcies, as well as more restricted access to funds.
 
Concentration of loans in our primary market area, which has recently experienced an economic downturn, may increase risk.
 
Our success depends primarily on the general economic conditions in the State of Delaware, southeastern Pennsylvania and northern Virginia, as nearly all of our loans are to customers in this market. Accordingly, the local economic conditions in these markets have a significant impact on the ability of borrowers to repay loans as well as our ability to originate new loans. As such, a continuation of the decline in real estate valuations in these markets would lower the value of the collateral securing those loans. In addition, a continued weakening in general economic conditions such as inflation, recession, unemployment or other factors beyond our control could negatively affect our financial results.
 
If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings will decrease.
 
We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans, our loss and delinquency experience, and we evaluate economic conditions. If our assumptions are incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover probable incurred losses in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to our allowance. Material additions to our allowance could materially decrease our net income.
 

 
28

 
Our loan portfolio includes a substantial amount of commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans. The credit risk related to these types of loans is greater than the risk related to residential loans.
 
Our commercial loan portfolio, which includes commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate loans, totaled $2.0 billion at December 31, 2010, comprising 76% of total loans. Commercial and industrial loans generally carry larger loan balances and involve a greater degree of risk of nonpayment or late payment than home equity loans or residential mortgage loans. Any significant failure to pay or late payments by our customers would hurt our earnings. The increased credit risk associated with these types of loans is a result of several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers, the size of loan balances, and the effects of general economic conditions on income-producing properties. A significant portion of our commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loan portfolios includes a balloon payment feature. A number of factors may affect a borrower’s ability to make or refinance a balloon payment, including the financial condition of the borrower, the prevailing local economic conditions and the prevailing interest rate environment.
 
Furthermore, commercial real estate loans secured by owner-occupied properties are dependent upon the successful operation of the borrower’s business. If the operating company suffers difficulties in terms of sales volume and/or profitability, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. Loans secured by properties where repayment is dependent upon payment of rent by third party tenants or the sale of the property may be impacted by loss of tenants, lower lease rates needed to attract new tenants or the inability to sell a completed project in a timely fashion and at a profit.
 
We are subject to extensive regulation which could have an adverse effect on our operations.
 
We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision from the Office of Thrift Supervision and the FDIC. This regulation and supervision is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC insurance fund, our depositors and borrowers, rather than for holders of our equity securities. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on operations, the classification of our assets and determination of the level of the allowance for loan losses. As a result of recent market conditions, we expect to face increased regulation of our industry. Compliance with such regulation may increase our costs and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities.
 
WSFS Bank has entered into a memorandum of understanding.
 
In December 2009, WSFS Bank entered into an informal memorandum of understanding (the “Understanding”) with the OTS. An Understanding is characterized by bank regulatory agencies as an informal action that is neither published nor made publicly available by the agencies and is used when circumstances warrant a milder response than a formal regulatory action. Regulatory actions, such as this Understanding, are on the rise as a result of the current severe economic conditions and the related impact on the banking industry.
 
In accordance with the terms of the Understanding, WSFS Bank has agreed, among other things, to: (i) adopt and implement a written plan to reduce criticized assets; (ii) review and revise its policies regarding the identification, monitoring and managing the risks associated with loan concentrations for certain commercial loans and reduce concentration limits of such loans; (iii) review and revise credit administration policies and dedicate additional staffing resources to this department; (iv) implement a revised internal review program; (v) obtain prior OTS approval before increasing the amount of brokered deposits; and (vi) approve a written strategic business plan and compliance plan concerning the exercise of fiduciary powers.
 
We are committed to expeditiously addressing and resolving all the issues raised in the Understanding and the Board of Directors and management of WSFS Bank have initiated actions to comply with its provisions. A material failure to comply with the terms of the Understanding could subject the Bank to
 

 
29

 

additional regulatory actions and further regulation by the OTS, or result in a formal action or constraints on the Bank’s business, any of which may have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations and financial condition.
 
The fiscal, monetary and regulatory policies of the Federal Government and its agencies could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
The Federal Reserve regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Its policies determine in large part the cost of funds for lending and investing and the return earned on those loans and investments, both of which affect the net interest margin. It also can materially decrease the value of financial assets we hold, such as debt securities. Its policies also can adversely affect borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans. Changes in Federal Reserve policies and our regulatory environment generally are beyond our control, and we are unable to predict what changes may occur or the manner in which any future changes may affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.
 
The securities purchase agreement between us and Treasury permits Treasury to impose additional restrictions on us retroactively.
 
On January 23, 2009, as part of the TARP Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”), we entered into a securities purchase agreement with the Treasury pursuant to which we sold (i) 52,625 shares of the Registrant’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and (ii) a warrant to purchase 175,105 shares of our Common Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $52.6 million in cash. The Series A Preferred Stock is included in the calculation of Tier 1 capital and pays cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years, and 9% per annum thereafter. The Treasury warrant has a 10-year term and is immediately exercisable upon its issuance, with an exercise price, subject to anti-dilution adjustments, equal to $45.08 per share of the Common Stock. The securities purchase agreement we entered into with Treasury permits Treasury to unilaterally amend the terms of the securities purchase agreement to comply with any changes in federal statutes after the date of its execution. ARRA imposed additional executive compensation and expenditure limits on all current and future TARP recipients, including us, until we have repaid the Treasury. These additional restrictions may impede our ability to attract and retain qualified executive officers. ARRA also permits TARP recipients to repay the Treasury without penalty or requirement that additional capital be raised, subject to Treasury’s consultation with our primary federal regulator. The securities purchase agreement required that, for a period of three years, the Series A Preferred Stock could generally only be repaid if we raised additional capital to repay the securities and such capital qualified as Tier 1 capital.  The terms of the CPP also restrict our ability to increase dividends on our common stock and undertake stock repurchase programs.  Congress may impose additional restrictions in the future which may also apply retroactively. These restrictions may have a material adverse affect on our operations, revenue and financial condition, on the ability to pay dividends, our ability to attract and retain executive talent and restricts our ability to increase our cash dividends or undertake stock repurchase programs.

We are subject to liquidity risk.
 
Due to the continued growth in our lending operations, particularly in corporate and small business lending, our total loan balances are approximately the same as our customer deposit funding. Changes in interest rates, alternative investment opportunities and other factors may make deposit gathering more difficult. Additionally, interest rate changes or disruptions in the capital markets may make the terms of the borrowings and brokered deposits less favorable and may make it difficult to sell securities when needed to provide additional liquidity. As a result, there is a risk that the cost of funding will increase or that we will not have sufficient funds to meet our obligations when they come due.
 

 
30

 
The market value of our securities portfolio may be impacted by the level of interest rates and the credit quality and strength of the underlying issuers and general liquidity in the market for investment securities.
 
If a decline in market value of a security is determined to be other than temporary, under generally accepted accounting principles, we are required to write these securities down to their estimated fair value with the amount of impairment related to credit losses recognized in earnings while the amount of impairment related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. As of December 31, 2010, we owned securities classified as available for sale with an aggregate historical cost of $741.9 million and an estimated fair value of $753.2 million.  During the year ended December 31, 2009, we had one security that was determined to be other than temporarily impaired with a credit loss recognized in earnings of only $86,000, although we can give no assurance that we will not have additional other than temporarily impaired securities in the future.  Future changes in interest rates or the credit quality and strength of the underlying issuers may reduce the market value of these and other securities.  As a result, changes in values of securities affect our equity and may impact earnings.
 
            In addition, the value of our BBB+ rated mortgage-backed security is subject to market value fluctuations. To develop a range of likely fair value prices, our valuation is highly dependent upon various observable and unobservable inputs.  If the value of the observable inputs declines or as a result of economic conditions, management changes its assumptions regarding what market participants would use in pricing this asset, the value of this asset may decline.  As a result, we would record any negative market adjustments related to this asset as a charge to earnings.
 
Impairment of goodwill and/or intangible assets could require charges to earnings, which could result in a negative impact on our results of operations.  

Goodwill arises when a business is purchased for an amount greater than the net fair value of its identifiable assets. We have recognized goodwill as an asset on the balance sheet in connection with several recent acquisitions.  At December 31, 2010, we had $34.1 million of goodwill and intangible assets.  We evaluate goodwill and intangibles for impairment at least annually by comparing fair value to carrying amount. Although we have determined that goodwill and other intangible assets were not impaired during 2010, a significant and sustained decline in our stock price and market capitalization, a significant decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, slower growth rates or other factors could result in impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets. If we were to conclude that a future write-down of the goodwill or intangible assets is necessary, then we would record the appropriate charge to earnings, which could be materially adverse to our results of operations and financial position.

Our investment in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (FHLB) stock may be subject to impairment charges in future periods if the financial condition of the FHLB declines further.
 
We are required to hold FHLB stock as a condition of membership in the FHLB.  Ownership of FHLB stock is restricted and there is no market for these securities.  As of December 31, 2010, the carrying value of our FHLB stock was $37.5 million. In 2009, the FHLB reported significant losses due to numerous factors, including other-than-temporary impairment charges on its portfolio of private-label mortgage-backed securities. The FHLB announced a capital restoration plan in February 2009 which restricted it from repurchasing or redeeming capital stock or paying dividends. However the FHLB did repurchase $1.8 million of its capital stock during 2010.  If the FHLB financial condition continues to decline, other-than-temporary impairment charges related to our investment in FHLB stock may occur in future periods.  An additional discussion related to our evaluation of impairment of FHLB stock is included in Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 
31

 
Our Cash Connect Division relies on numerous couriers and armored car companies to transport its cash and fund the ATMs it services for our customers, and numerous networks to settle its cash.
 
            The profitability of Cash Connect is reliant upon its efficient distribution of large amounts of cash to its customers’ ATMs using an extensive network of couriers and armored car companies.  It is possible those associated with a courier or armored car company could misappropriate funds belonging to Cash Connect.  Cash Connect has experienced such occurrences in the past, including one in 2001 and one other in 2010.  For additional information see Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, Cash Connect settles its transactions through a number of national networks.  It is possible a network could fraudulently redirect the settlement of cash belonging to Cash Connect.  It is also possible Cash Connect would not have established proper policies, controls or insurance and, as a result, any misappropriation of funds could result in an impact to earnings.

Our nonperforming assets show a significant increase over the past 24 months.  Further increases will have an adverse effect on our earnings.
 
Our nonperforming assets (which consist of nonaccrual loans, assets acquired through foreclosure and troubled debt restructurings), totaled $92.9 million at December 31, 2010, which is an increase of $57.1 million, or 160%, over the $35.8 million in nonperforming assets at December 31, 2008.  Our nonperforming assets adversely affect our net income in various ways.  We do not record interest income on nonaccrual loans and assets acquired through foreclosure.  We must establish an allowance for loan losses that reserves for losses inherent in the loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonably estimable through current period provisions for loan losses.  From time to time, we also write down the value of properties in our portfolio of assets acquired through foreclosure to reflect changing market values.  Additionally, there are legal fees associated with the resolution of problem assets as well as carrying costs such as taxes, insurance and maintenance related to assets acquired through foreclosure.  The resolution of nonperforming assets requires the active involvement of management, which can distract management from its overall supervision of operations and other income producing activities.  Finally, if our estimate of the allowance for loan losses is inadequate, we will have to increase the allowance for loan losses accordingly, which will have an adverse effect on our earnings.
 
Changes in interest rates and other factors beyond our control could have an adverse impact on our earnings.
 
Our operating income and net income depend to a greater extent on our net interest margin, which is the difference between the interest yields we receive on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets and the interest rates we pay on interest-bearing deposits and other liabilities.  The net interest margin is affected by changes in market interest rates, because different types of assets and liabilities may react differently, and at different times, to market interest rate changes.  When interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly than interest-earning assets in a period, an increase in market rates of interest could reduce net interest income.  Similarly, when interest-earning assets mature or reprice more quickly than interest-bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could reduce net interest income.  These rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including competition, general economic conditions and monetary and fiscal policies of various governmental regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve.
 
We attempt to manage our risk from changes in market interest rates by adjusting the rates, maturity, repricing, and balances of the different types of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, but interest rate risk management techniques are not exact.  As a result, a rapid increase or decrease in interest rates could have an adverse effect on our net interest margin and results of operations.  The results of our interest rate sensitivity simulation models depend upon a number of assumptions which may prove to be not accurate.  There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully manage our interest rate risk.  Increases in market rates and adverse changes in the local residential real estate market, the general economy

 
32

 
or consumer confidence would likely have a significant adverse impact on our non-interest income, as a result of reduced demand for residential mortgage loans that we make on a pre-sold basis.
 
The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.
 
Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions.  Defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions.  There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

Financial reforms and related regulations may affect our business activities, financial position and profitability.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act will significantly change the current bank regulatory structure and affect the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many months or years. 
 
Among the changes contained in the Dodd-Frank Act is the elimination of the Office of Thrift Supervision, which is our primary federal regulator. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the primary federal regulator for national banks) will become the primary federal regulator of the Bank, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) will have exclusive authority to regulate all bank and thrift holding companies and will thus become the primary federal regulator of the Company. These changes to our regulators will occur on the transfer date, which is expected to be one year from the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act (unless extended).
 
Among the Dodd-Frank Act’s significant regulatory changes, is the creation of a new financial consumer protection agency, the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (the “Bureau”), that will have the authority to issue new consumer protection regulations and revise existing regulations in many areas of consumer compliance. These new and revised rules may increase our regulatory compliance burden and costs and restrict the financial products and services we offer to our customers. Moreover, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt stricter consumer protection laws and state attorney generals may enforce consumer protection rules issued by the Bureau. The Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Institutions such as us with $10 billion or less in assets will continued to be examined for compliance with the consumer laws by their primary bank regulators.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act also imposes more stringent capital requirements on holding companies. These restrictions will limit our future capital strategies. Further, savings and loan holding companies such as us have not previously been subject to capital requirements, but under the Dodd-Frank Act, savings and loan holding companies will become subject to the same capital requirements as bank holding companies (although not until five years from the date of enactment). In addition, the new international regulatory capital rules, known as “Basel III,” generally increase the capital required to be held and narrow the types of instruments that will qualify as capital. The Basel III requirements will be phased in over a number of years, but they are not automatically applicable to us or U.S. financial institutions generally. Rather, the requirements must be implemented by regulations adopted by the federal banking agencies. It is not known to what extent our regulators will incorporate elements of Basel III into new capital regulations or to what extent those regulations may be applicable to us.
 
The Dodd Frank Act codified the Federal Reserve’s “source of strength” doctrine under which a holding company must serve as a source of financial strength for its depository institution subsidiaries; savings

 
33

 

and loan holding companies such as us will become subject to the source of strength requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act. 
 
The Dodd-Frank Act will require publicly traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments, and authorizes the Securities and Exchange Commission to promulgate rules that would allow stockholders to nominate their own candidates using a company’s proxy materials. The legislation also directs the Federal Reserve to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act significantly rolls back the federal preemption of state consumer protection laws that is currently enjoyed by federal savings associations and national banks by (1) requiring that a state consumer financial law prevent or significantly interfere with the exercise of a federal savings association’s or national bank’s powers before it can be preempted, (2) mandating that any preemption decision be made on a case by case basis rather than a blanket rule, and (3) ending the applicability of preemption to subsidiaries and affiliates of national banks and federal savings associations. As a result, we may now be subject to state consumer protection laws in each state where we do business, and those laws may be interpreted and enforced differently in different states.
 
Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve must adopt rules regarding the interchange fees that may be charged with respect to electronic debit transactions, to take effect one year after enactment. The limits to be placed on debit interchange fees may significantly reduce our debit card interchange revenues. Interchange fees, or “swipe” fees, are charges that merchants pay to us and other credit and debit card companies and card-issuing banks for processing electronic payment transactions. The Dodd-Frank Act provides the Federal Reserve with authority over interchange fees received or charged by a card issuer, requires that fees must be “reasonable and proportional” to the costs of processing such transactions. Although final rules have not yet been adopted, this provision of the Dodd-Frank Act and the applicable rules ultimately promulgated thereunder are expected to cause significant reductions in future card-fee revenues generated by us, while also creating meaningful compliance costs.

Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will not become effective until a year or more after its enactment and, if required, the adoption and effectiveness of implementing regulations. In addition, the scope and impact of many of the Dodd-Frank Act’s provisions will be determined through the rulemaking process. As a result, we cannot predict the ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on us at this time, including the extent to which it could increase costs or limit our ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner, or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.  However, it is expected that at a minimum they will increase our operating and compliance costs.
 
Our business strategy includes significant growth plans, and our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively.
 
We intend to pursue a significant growth strategy for our business. We regularly evaluate potential acquisitions and expansion opportunities. If appropriate opportunities present themselves, we expect to engage in selected acquisitions or other business growth initiatives or undertakings. There can be no assurance that we will successfully identify appropriate opportunities, that we will be able to negotiate or finance such activities or that such activities, if undertaken, will be successful. 
 
Our growth initiatives may require us to recruit experienced personnel to assist in such initiatives. Accordingly, the failure to identify and retain such personnel would place significant limitations on our ability to successfully execute our growth strategy. In addition, as we expand our lending beyond our current market areas, we could incur additional risk related to those new market areas. We may not be able to expand our market presence in our existing market areas or successfully enter new markets.
 

 
34

 
 
If we do not successfully execute our growth plan, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and growth prospects. While we believe we have the executive management resources and internal systems in place to successfully manage our future growth, there can be no assurance growth opportunities will be available or that we will successfully manage our growth.

We may be unable to fully realize the benefits anticipated in our acquisition of CB&T, including estimated cost savings and synergies, or it may take longer than anticipated to achieve such benefits.
 
The realization of the benefits anticipated as a result of the recent acquisition, including cost savings and synergies, will depend in part on the successful integration of our operations with CB&T operations. There can be no assurance that such operations will be integrated successfully. Moreover, the integration process may take substantially longer than anticipated. The dedication of management resources to such integration may detract attention from our day-to-day business and the integration costs may be substantial. In addition, the integration process entails a risk that key employees will leave or major customers will take their business elsewhere. Such effects, including, but not limited to, incurrence of unexpected costs or delays in connection with such integration, may have a material adverse effect on the financial results of the combined company.


ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 
35

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The following table sets forth the location and certain additional information regarding the Company’s offices and other material properties as of December 31, 2010:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net Book Value of Property or Leasehold Improvements (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Location
 
Owned/ Leased
 
Date Lease Expires
 
 
Deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In Thousands)
WSFS :
 
 
 
 
 
 
WSFS Bank Center Branch
Leased
 
2011 
 
$687
 
$1,200,358
   Main Office
 
 
 
  500 Delaware Avenue
 
 
 
  Wilmington, DE   19801
 
 
 
Union Street Branch
Leased
 
2012 
 
40 
 
56,281 
  211 North Union Street
 
 
 
  Wilmington, DE   19805
 
 
 
Trolley Square Branch
Leased
 
2011 
 
35 
 
33,223 
  1711 Delaware Ave
 
 
 
  Wilmington, DE   19806
 
 
 
Fairfax Shopping Center
 Leased
 
2048 
 
1,165 
 
90,792 
  2005 Concord Pike
 
 
 
  Wilmington, DE   19803
 
 
 
Branmar Plaza Shopping Center Branch
Leased
 
2013 
 
56 
 
113,743 
  1812 Marsh Road
 
 
 
  Wilmington, DE   19810
 
 
 
Prices Corner Shopping Center Branch
Leased
 
2023 
 
480 
 
107,362 
  3202 Kirkwood Highway
 
 
 
  Wilmington, DE   19808
 
 
 
Pike Creek Shopping Center Branch
Leased
 
2015 
 
490 
 
113,877 
  4730 Limestone Road
 
 
 
  Wilmington, DE   19808
 
 
 
University Plaza Shopping Center Branch
Leased
 
2026 
 
1,161 
 
49,948 
   100 University Plaza
 
 
 
  Newark, DE   19702
 
 
 
College Square Shopping Center Branch
Leased
 
2012 
 
599 
 
131,613 
  Route 273 & Liberty Avenue
 
 
 
  Newark, DE   19711
 
 
 
Airport Plaza Shopping Center Branch
Leased
 
2013 
 
548 
 
71,060 
  144 N. DuPont Hwy.
 
 
 
  New Castle, DE   19720
 
 
 
Stanton Branch
Leased
 
2011 
 
11 
 
40,246 
  Inside ShopRite
 
 
 
  1600 W. Newport Pike
 
 
 
  Wilmington, DE   19804
 
 
 
Glasgow Branch
Leased
 
2012 
 
18 
 
36,102 
  Inside Safeway at People Plaza
 
 
 
  Routes 40 & 896
 
 
 
  Newark, DE   19702
 
 
 
Middletown Crossing Shopping Center
Leased
 
2017 
 
731 
 
60,686 
 400 East Main Street
 
 
 
 Middletown, DE   19709
 
 
 

 
36

 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net Book Value of Property or Leasehold Improvements (1)
 
 
 
 
Owned/ Leased
 
Date Lease Expires
 
 
 
Location
 
 
 
 
Deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In Thousands)
Dover Branch
Leased
 
2060 
 
$303
 
$12,147
  Dover Mart Shopping Center
 
 
 
  South Dupont Highway
 
 
 
  Dover, DE   19901
 
 
 
West Dover Loan Office
 
Leased
 
2014 
 
 
N/A
  Greentree Office Center
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  160 Greentree Drive
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Suite 105
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Dover, DE  19904
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Blue Bell Loan Office
 
Leased
 
2012 
 
14 
 
5,695 
  721 Skippack Pike
 
 
 
 
  Suite 101
 
 
 
 
  Blue Bell, PA   19422
 
 
 
 
Glen Mills ShoppingCenter
 
Leased
 
2039 
 
1,759 
 
12,573 
  Route 202
 
 
 
 
  Glen Mills, PA   19342
 
 
 
 
Brandywine Branch
 
Leased
 
2014 
 
 
35,502 
  Inside Safeway Market
 
 
 
 
  2522 Foulk Road
 
 
 
 
  Wilmington, DE   19810
 
 
 
 
Operations Center
 
Owned
 
 
 
707 
 
N/A
  2400 Philadelphia Pike
 
 
 
 
  Wilmington, DE   19703
 
 
 
 
Longwood Branch
 
Leased
 
2015 
 
47 
 
14,992 
  826 East Baltimore Pike
 
 
 
 
  Suite 7
 
 
 
 
  Kennett Square, PA  19348
 
 
 
 
Holly Oak Branch
 
Leased
 
2015 
 
 
27,797 
  Inside Super Fresh
 
 
 
 
  2105 Philadelphia Pike
 
 
 
 
  Claymont, DE 19703
 
 
 
 
Hockessin Branch
 
Leased
 
2015 
 
566 
 
97,171 
  7450 Lancaster Pike
 
 
 
 
  Wilmington, DE 19707
 
 
 
 
Lewes LPO
 
Leased
 
2013 
 
70 
 
N/A
  Southpointe Professional Center
 
 
 
 
  1515 Savannah Road, Suite 103
 
 
 
 
  Lewes, DE   19958
 
 
 
 
Fox Run Shopping Center Branch
 
Leased
 
2015 
 
744 
 
82,631 
  210 Fox Hunt Drive
 
 
 
 
  Bear, DE  19701
 
 
 
 

 
37

 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net Book Value of Property or Leasehold Improvements (1)
 
 
 
 
Owned/ Leased
 
Date Lease Expires
 
 
 
Location
 
 
 
 
Deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In Thousands)
Camden Town Center Branch
 
Leased
 
2024 
 
$805
 
$34,431
  4566 S. Dupont Highway
 
 
 
 
  Camden, DE   19934
 
 
 
 
Rehoboth Branch
 
Leased
 
2028 
 
786 
 
49,978 
  Lighthouse Plaza
 
 
 
 
  19335 coastal Highway
 
 
 
 
  Rehoboth, DE   19771
 
 
 
 
West Dover Branch
 
Owned
 
 
 
2,094 
 
35,625 
  1486 Forest Avenue
 
 
 
 
  Dover, DE   19904
 
 
 
 
Longneck Branch
 
Leased
 
2026 
 
1,081 
 
35,742 
  25926 Plaza Drive
 
 
 
 
  Millsboro, DE  19966
 
 
 
 
Smyrna Branch
 
Leased
 
2028 
 
1,115 
 
38,509 
  Simon’s Corner Shopping Center
 
 
 
 
  400 Jimmy Drive
 
 
 
 
  Smyrna, DE   19977
 
 
 
 
Oxford, LPO
 
Leased
 
2011 
 
14 
 
7,590 
  59 South Third Street
 
 
 
 
  Suite 1
 
 
 
 
  Oxford, PA  19363
 
 
 
 
Greenville Branch
 
Owned
 
 
 
1,927 
 
87,361 
  3908 Kennett Pike
 
 
 
 
  Greenville, DE  19807
 
 
 
 
WSFS Bank Center (2)
 
Leased
 
2019 
 
1,685 
 
N/A
  500 Delaware Avenue
 
 
 
 
  Wilmington, DE  19801
 
 
 
 
Annandale, LPO
 
Leased
 
2011 
 
 
2,256 
  7010 Little River Tnpk.
 
 
 
 
  Suite 330
 
 
 
 
  Annandale, VA  22003
 
 
 
 
Oceanview Branch
 
Leased
 
2024 
 
1,222 
 
18,654 
  69 Atlantic Avenue
 
 
 
 
  Oceanview, DE   19970
 
 
 
 
Selbyville Branch
 
Leased
 
2013 
 
38 
 
8,109 
  Strawberry Center
 
 
 
 
  Unit 2
 
 
 
 
  Selbyville, DE  19975
 
 
 
 
Lewes Branch
 
Leased
 
2028 
 
271 
 
22,159 
  34383 Carpenters Way
 
 
 
 
  Lewes, DE  19958
 
 
 
 
Millsboro Branch
 
Leased
 
2029 
 
1,116 
 
8,262 
  26644 Center View Drive
 
 
 
 
  Millsboro, DE   19966
 
 
 
 

 
38

 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net Book Value of Property or Leasehold Improvements (1)
 
 
 
 
Owned/ Leased
 
Date Lease Expires
 
 
 
Location
 
 
 
 
Deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In Thousands)
Concord Square Branch
 
Leased
 
2011 
 
$40
 
$32,111
  4401 Concord Pike
 
 
 
 
  Wilmington, DE  19803
 
 
 
 
Crossroads Branch
 
Leased
 
2013 
 
37 
 
16,517 
  2080 New Castle Avenue
 
 
 
 
  New Castle, DE  19720
 
 
 
 
Delaware City Branch
 
Owned
 
 
 
118 
 
7,218 
  145 Clinton Street
 
 
 
 
  Delaware City, DE  19706
 
 
 
 
Governor’s Square Branch (3)
 
Leased
 
2010 
 
37 
 
10,928 
  1101 Governor’s Place
 
 
 
 
  Bear, DE  19701
 
 
 
 
West Newark Branch
 
Leased
 
2040 
 
102 
 
N/A
  Route 202
 
 
 
 
  Glen Mills, PA  19342
 
 
 
 
Lantana Shopping Center Branch
 
Leased
 
2050 
 
17 
 
N/A
  6724 Limestone Road
 
 
 
 
  Hockessin, DE  19707
 
 
 
 
West Chester Branch
 
Leased
 
2017 
 
 
1,523 
  400 East Market Street
 
 
 
 
  West Chester, PA   19382
 
 
 
 
Edgemont Branch (4)
 
Leased
 
2036 
 
92 
 
N/A
  5000 West Chester Pike
 
 
 
 
  Newtown, Square, PA  19073
 
 
 
 
Branmar Plaza Shopping Center Branch
 
Leased
 
2061 
 
172 
 
N/A
  1708 Foulk Road
 
 
 
 
  Wilmington, DE  19810
 
 
 
 
Cypress Capital Management, LLC
 
Leased
 
2013 
 
-
 
N/A
  1220 Market Street
 
 
 
 
  Suite 704
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Wilmington, DE  19801
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
39

 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net Book Value of Property or Leasehold Improvements (1)
 
 
 
 
Owned/ Leased
 
Date Lease Expires
 
 
 
Location
 
 
 
 
Deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In Thousands)
Christiana Trust
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
King Street Office
 
Owned
 
 
 
$1,097
 
N/A
   1314 King Street
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Wilmington, De   19801
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Delaware Avenue Office
 
Leased
 
2012 
 
-
 
N/A
   300 Delaware Avenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Suite 714
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Wilmington, DE   19801
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greenville Wealth Management Center
 
Leased
 
2012 
 
332 
 
N/A
   3801 Kennett Pike
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Suite C-200
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Greenville, DE   19807
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Las Vegas Wealth Management Center
 
Leased
 
2013 
 
-
 
N/A
   101 Convention Center Drive
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Suite P109
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Las Vegas, NV   89109
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$24,462
 
$2,810,772
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) The net book value of all the Company's investment in premise and equipment totaled $31.9 million at December 31, 2010.
(2) Location of Corporate Headquarters .
(3) Branch closed as of January 14, 2011.
(4) Branch is not opened yet.  Expected to open in the first half of 2011.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

There are no material legal proceedings to be disclosed under this item.

ITEM 4. [Reserved]





 
40

 

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

Our Common Stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol WSFS. At December 31, 2010, we had 1,080 registered common stockholders of record. The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices for the Common Stock for each full quarterly period within the two most recent fiscal years as well as the quarterly dividends paid.
 
The closing market price of our Common Stock at December 31, 2010 was $47.44.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock Price Range
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Low
 
High
 
Dividends
 
 
2010 
4th
 
 
$36.37 
 
 
$50.99 
 
 
$0.12 
 
 
 
3rd
 
 
32.87 
 
 
38.82 
 
 
0.12 
 
 
 
2nd
 
 
34.05 
 
 
46.00 
 
 
0.12 
 
 
 
1st
 
 
24.86 
 
 
39.80 
 
 
0.12 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$0.48 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2009 
4th
 
 
$24.16 
 
 
$30.18 
 
 
$0.12 
 
 
 
3rd
 
 
26.00 
 
 
32.70 
 
 
0.12 
 
 
 
2nd
 
 
20.78 
 
 
33.85 
 
 
0.12 
 
 
 
1st
 
 
16.47 
 
 
49.50 
 
 
0.12 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$0.48 
 

 
41

 


COMPARATIVE STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH

          The graph and table which follow show the cumulative total return on our Common Stock over the last five years compared with the cumulative total return of the Dow Jones Total Market Index and the Nasdaq Bank Index over the same period as obtained from Bloomberg L.P. Cumulative total return on our Common Stock or the index equals the total increase in value since December 31, 2005, assuming reinvestment of all dividends paid into the Common Stock or the index, respectively.  The graph and table were prepared assuming $100 was invested on December 31, 2005 in our Common Stock and in each of the indexes.  There can be no assurance that our future stock performance will be the same or similar to the historical stock performance shown in the graph below.  We neither make nor endorse any predictions as to stock performance.

CUMULATIVE TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN
COMPARED WITH PERFORMANCE OF SELECTED INDEXES
December 31, 2005 through December 31, 2010
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cumulative Total Return
 
 
2005 
 
2006 
 
2007 
 
2008 
 
2009 
 
2010 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WSFS Financial Corporation
$
 100 
$
 110 
$
 83 
$
 80 
$
 44 
$
 81 
Dow Jones Total Market Index
 
100 
 
 115 
 
 123 
 
 78 
 
 99 
 
 116 
Nasdaq Bank Index
 
100 
 
 114 
 
 91 
 
 72 
 
 60 
 
 69 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
42

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
   
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
 
At December 31,
                             
Total assets
  $ 3,953,518     $ 3,748,507     $ 3,432,560     $ 3,200,188     $ 2,997,396  
Net loans (1)
    2,575,890       2,479,155       2,443,835       2,233,980       2,019,741  
Investment securities (2)
    53,137       46,047       49,749       26,235       53,893  
Investment in reverse mortgages, net
    (686 )     (530 )     (61 )     2,037       598  
Other investments
    37,790       40,395       39,521       46,615       41,615  
Mortgage-backed securities (2)
    713,358       681,242       498,205       496,492       516,711  
Total deposits
    2,810,774       2,561,871       2,122,352       1,827,161       1,756,348  
Borrowings (3)
    680,595       787,798       999,734       1,068,149       935,668  
Trust preferred borrowings
    67,011       67,011       67,011       67,011       67,011  
Stockholders’ equity
    367,822       301,800       216,635       211,330       212,059  
Number of full-service branches (4)
    36       37       35       29       27  
                                         
For the Year Ended December 31,
                                       
Interest income
  $ 162,403     $ 157,730     $ 166,477     $ 189,477     $ 177,177  
Interest expense
    41,732       53,086       77,258       107,468       99,278  
Noninterest income
    50,115       50,241       45,989       48,166       40,305  
Noninterest expenses
    109,332       108,504       89,098       82,031       69,314  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    5,454       (2,093 )     6,950       13,474       15,660  
Net Income
    14,117       663       16,136       29,649       30,441  
Dividends on preferred stock and
                                       
    accretion of discount
    2,770       2,590       -       -       -  
Net income (loss) allocable to
                                       
   common stockholders
    11,347       (1,927 )     16,136       29,649       30,441  
Earnings (loss) per share allocable to
                                       
   common stockholders:
                                       
     Basic
    1.48       (0.30 )     2.62       4.69       4.59  
     Diluted
    1.46       (0.30 )     2.57       4.55       4.41  
                                         
Interest rate spread
    3.46 %     3.10 %     2.94 %     2.80 %     2.70 %
Net interest margin
    3.62       3.30       3.13       3.09       2.98  
Efficiency ratio
    63.61       69.56       65.36       62.48       58.09  
Noninterest income as a percentage of
                                       
      total revenue (5)
    29.16       32.21       33.74       36.69       33.78  
Return on average equity
    4.21       0.24       7.30       14.34       15.42  
Return on average assets
    0.37       0.02       0.50       0.98       1.03  
Average equity to average assets
    8.84       7.86       6.86       6.87       6.68  
Tangible equity to assets
    8.52       7.73       5.88       6.52       7.00  
Tangible common equity to assets
    7.18       6.31       5.88       6.52       7.00  
Ratio of nonperforming assets to total
                                       
   assets
    2.35       2.19       1.04       0.99       0.14  
 
(1)
Includes loans held-for-sale.
(2)
Includes securities available-for-sale and trading.
(3)
Borrowings consist of FHLB advances, securities sold under agreement to repurchase and other borrowed funds.
(4)
WSFS opened one branch, closed two branches, acquired and subsequently closed two branches in 2010; opened two branches in 2009; acquired six (keeping four open and closing two) in 2008; opened three branches and closed one branch in 2007; and opened three in 2006.
(5)
Computed on a fully tax-equivalent basis.

 
43

 

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

     WSFS Financial Corporation (“the Company,” “our Company,” “we,” “our” or “us”) is a thrift holding company headquartered in Wilmington, Delaware.  Substantially all of our assets are held by our subsidiary, Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB (“WSFS Bank” or the “Bank”). Founded in 1832, we are the seventh oldest bank and trust in the United States continuously-operating under the same name.  As a federal savings bank, which was formerly chartered as a state mutual savings bank, we enjoy broader fiduciary powers than most other financial institutions.  We have served the residents of the Delaware Valley for over 179 years.  We are the largest thrift institution headquartered in Delaware, the fourth largest financial institution in the state on the basis of total deposits traditionally garnered in-market and one of the top 100 trust companies in the country.  Our primary market area is the mid-Atlantic region of the United States, which is characterized by a diversified manufacturing and service economy. Our long-term strategy is to serve small and mid-size businesses through loans, deposits, investments, and related financial services, and to gather retail core deposits.  Our strategy of “Engaged Associates delivering Stellar Service to create Customer Advocates” focuses on exceeding customer expectations, delivering stellar service and building customer advocacy through highly trained, relationship oriented, friendly, knowledgeable and empowered Associates.
 
     We provide residential and commercial real estate, commercial and consumer lending services, as well as retail deposit and cash management services and trust and wealth management services.  Lending activities are funded primarily with retail deposits and borrowings. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insures our customers’ deposits to their legal maximum.  We serve our customers primarily from our 42 banking and trust offices located in Delaware (35), Pennsylvania (5), Virginia (1) and Nevada (1) and through our website at www.wsfsbank.com.

     We have two consolidated subsidiaries, WSFS Bank and Montchanin Capital Management, Inc. (“Montchanin”). We also have one unconsolidated affiliate, WSFS Capital Trust III (“the Trust”).  WSFS Bank has two fully-owned subsidiaries, WSFS Investment Group, Inc. and Monarch Entity Services, LLC (“Monarch”).  WSFS Investment Group, Inc. markets various third-party insurance products and securities through the Bank’s retail banking system and Monarch provides commercial domicile services which include employees, directors, subleases and registered agent services in Delaware and Nevada.
 
     Montchanin has one consolidated subsidiary, Cypress Capital Management, LLC (“Cypress”).  Cypress is a Wilmington-based investment advisory firm serving high net-worth individuals and institutions.  Cypress had approximately $483 million in assets under management at December 31, 2010.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     We recorded net income of $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $663,000, and $16.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Income allocable to common stockholders (after preferred stock dividends) was $11.3 million, or $1.46 per diluted common share for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to a loss of $1.9 million or $0.30 per common share and income of $16.1 million, or $2.57 per diluted common share for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

     Net Interest Income.  Net interest income increased $16.0 million, or 15%, to $120.7 million in 2010 compared to $104.6 million in 2009. The increase in net interest income was due to the increase in average earning assets as well as the net interest margin.  Average earning assets increased $157.4 million while the net interest margin for 2010 was 3.62%, up 32 basis points (0.32%) from 2009. During 2010, loan yields remained stable as the Prime rate remained unchanged for a large amount of our variable rate loans.  We were able to reduce our cost of deposits through our active deposit pricing management and a shift toward lower cost core

 
44

 

deposits from higher costing CDs and wholesale funding compared to 2009.  The yield on interest-earning assets only declined by 9 basis points (0.09%), and loan yields declined only 6 basis points (0.06%), while the yield on interest-bearing liabilities declined by 46 basis points (0.46%).

     Net interest income increased $15.4 million, or 17%, to $104.6 million in 2009 compared to $89.2 million in 2008. The net interest margin for 2009 was 3.30%, up 17 basis points (0.17%) from 2008. These increases were the result of our growth in core deposits (which improved our funding mix) combined with active management of deposit and wholesale pricing.  In comparison to 2008, the yield on interest-bearing liabilities declined by 1.03%, while the yield on interest-earning assets declined by only 0.87% due to ongoing loan pricing management. Also, contributing to the increase in net interest income was an increase in our mortgage-backed securities (MBS) portfolio during 2009, due to purchases made throughout the year to take advantage of market opportunity and optimize our capital position. In addition, the yield on our loan portfolio remained relatively stable.

     The following table sets forth certain information regarding changes in net interest income attributable to changes in the volumes of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and changes in the rates for the periods indicated.  For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on the changes that are attributable to:  (i) changes in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior year rate); (ii) changes in rates (change in rate multiplied by prior year volume on each category); and (iii) net change (the sum of the change in volume and the change in rate).  Changes due to the combination of rate and volume changes (changes in volume multiplied by changes in rate) are allocated proportionately between changes in rate and changes in volume.

Year Ended December 31,
 
2010 vs. 2009
 
 
2009 vs. 2008
 
 
 
Volume
 
Yield/Rate
 
Net
 
 
Volume
 
Yield/Rate
 
Net
 
(Dollars in Thousands)     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Income:     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate loans     
 
$
(2,084
)
$
542
 
$
(1,542
)
 
$
1,052
 
$
(11,397
)
$
(10,345
)
Residential real estate loans     
 
 
(2,921
)
 
(1,486
)
 
(4,407
)
 
 
(2,065
)
 
(1,687
)
 
(3,752
)
Commercial loans (1)     
 
 
5,106
 
 
(317
)
 
4,789
 
 
 
12,227
 
 
(8,030
)
 
4,197
 
Consumer loans     
 
 
(335
)
 
(406
)
 
(741
)
 
 
1,084
 
 
(3,597
)
 
(2,513
)
Mortgage-backed securities     
 
 
8,029
 
 
(1,377
)
 
6,652
 
 
 
4,720
 
 
(144
)
 
4,576
 
Investment securities      
 
 
(9
)
 
(75
)
 
(84
)
 
 
131
 
 
537
 
 
668
 
FHLB Stock and deposits in other banks
 
 
 
 
6
 
 
6
 
 
 
(106
)
 
(1,472
)
 
(1,578
)
Favorable (unfavorable)     
 
 
7,786
 
 
(3,113
)
 
4,673
 
 
 
17,043
 
 
(25,790
)
 
(8,747
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense:     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits:     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing demand
 
 
87
 
 
(300
)
 
(213
)
 
 
275
 
 
(691
)
 
(416
)
Money market
 
 
1,738
 
 
(2,294
)
 
(556
)
 
 
1,988
 
 
(3,040
)
 
(1,052
)
Savings
 
 
30
 
 
(57
)
 
(27
)
 
 
84
 
 
(299
)
 
(215
)
Retail time deposits
 
 
601
 
 
(6,165
)
 
(5,564
)
 
 
3,742
 
 
(5,974
)
 
(2,232
)
Brokered certificates of deposits
 
 
(247
)
 
(685
)
 
(932
)
 
 
1,346
 
 
(6,851
)
 
(5,505
)
FHLB of Pittsburgh advances
 
 
(2,681
)
 
(873
)
 
(3,554
)
 
 
(6,300
)
 
(5,014
)
 
(11,314
)
Trust Preferred
 
 
 
 
(407
)
 
(407
)
 
 
 
 
(1,478
)
 
(1,478
)
Other borrowed funds
 
 
(265
)
 
164
 
 
(101
)
 
 
458
 
 
(2,418
)
 
(1,960
)
(Favorable) unfavorable
 
 
(737
)
 
(10,617
)
 
(11,354
)
 
 
1,593
 
 
(25,765
)
 
(24,172
)
Net change, as reported
 
$
8,523
 
$
7,504
 
$
16,027
 
 
$
15,450
 
$
(25
)
$
15,425
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  The tax-equivalent income adjustment is related to commercial loans.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


 
45

 

The following table provides information regarding the average balances of, and yields/rates on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities during the periods indicated:
 
Year Ended December 31,
2010 
 
2009 
 
2008 
 
 
Average
 
Interest
 
Yield/
Average
 
Interest
 
Yield/
Average
 
Interest
 
Yield/
Balance
Rate (1)
Balance
Rate (1)
Balance
Rate (1)
(Dollars in Thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Loans (2) (3):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate loans
$
737,050
 
$
34,760
 
4.72
%
$
781,433
 
$
36,302
 
4.65
%
$
763,825
 
$
46,647
 
6.11
%
Residential real estate loans
 
344,140
 
 
17,372
 
5.05
 
 
400,561
 
 
21,779
 
5.44
 
 
437,223
 
 
25,531
 
5.84
 
Commercial loans
 
1,160,692
 
 
59,816
 
5.18
 
 
1,063,339
 
 
55,027
 
5.21
 
 
840,303
 
 
50,830
 
6.08
 
Consumer loans
 
294,288
 
 
14,399
 
4.89
 
 
301,234
 
 
15,140
 
5.03
 
 
282,943
 
 
17,653
 
6.24
 
   Total loans
 
2,536,170
 
 
126,347
 
5.02
 
 
2,546,567
 
 
128,248
 
5.08
 
 
2,324,294
 
 
140,661
 
6.10
 
   Mortgage-backed securities (4)
 
742,482
 
 
35,212
 
4.74
 
 
574,176
 
 
28,560
 
4.97
 
 
480,002
 
 
23,984
 
5.00
 
   Investment securities (4) (5)
 
47,255
 
 
 838
 
1.77
 
 
47,710
 
 
922
 
1.93
 
 
34,263
 
 
254
 
0.74
 
   Other interest-earning assets
 
39,790
 
 
 6
 
0.02
 
 
39,839
 
 
-
 
-
 
 
42,934
 
 
1,578
 
3.68
 
Total interest-earning assets
 
3,365,697
 
 
162,403
 
4.86
 
 
3,208,292
 
 
157,730
 
4.95
 
 
2,881,493
 
 
166,477
 
5.82
 
Allowance for loan losses
 
 (61,104
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
(40,731
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
(27,210 
)
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
 
59,900
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
57,396
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
65,022
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash in non-owned ATMs
 
262,832
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
204,912
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
172,304
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank-owned life insurance
 
60,880
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
59,750
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
58,503
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other noninterest-earning assets
 
107,961
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
94,213
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
70,838
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Total assets
$
3,796,166
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
3,583,832
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
3,220,950
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing demand
$
264,790
 
$
435
 
0.16
%
$
230,738
 
$
648
 
0.28
%
$
174,080
 
$
1,064
 
0.61
%
Money market
 
625,470
 
 
4,301
 
0.69
 
 
430,437
 
 
4,857
 
1.13
 
 
300,775
 
 
5,909
 
1.96
 
Savings
 
240,871
 
 
494
 
0.21
 
 
221,913
 
 
521
 
0.23
 
 
197,175
 
 
736
 
0.37
 
Customer time deposits
 
761,010
 
 
16,070
 
2.11
 
 
739,820
 
 
21,634
 
2.92
 
 
637,709
 
 
23,866
 
3.74
 
Total interest-bearing customer  deposits
 
1,892,141
 
 
21,300
 
1.13
 
 
1,622,908
 
 
27,660
 
1.70
 
 
1,309,739
 
 
31,575
 
2.41
 
Brokered certificates of deposit
 
304,397
 
 
1,797
 
0.59
 
 
337,394
 
 
2,729
 
0.81
 
 
282,760
 
 
8,234
 
2.91
 
   Total interest-bearing deposits
 
2,196,538
 
 
23,097
 
1.05
 
 
1,960,302
 
 
30,389
 
1.55
 
 
1,592,499
 
 
39,809
 
2.50
 
FHLB of Pittsburgh advances
 
544,317
 
 
14,752
 
2.67
 
 
642,496
 
 
18,306
 
2.81
 
 
841,005
 
 
29,620
 
3.46
 
Trust preferred borrowings
 
67,011
 
 
1,390
 
2.05
 
 
67,011
 
 
1,797
 
2.64
 
 
67,011
 
 
3,275
 
4.81
 
Other borrowed funds
 
185,756
 
 
2,493
 
1.34
 
 
206,635
 
 
2,594
 
1.26
 
 
186,081
 
 
4,554
 
2.45
 
   Total interest-bearing liabilities
 
2,993,622
 
 
41,732
 
1.39
 
 
2,876,444
 
 
53,086
 
1.85
 
 
2,686,596
 
 
77,258
 
2.88
 
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
 
439,155
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
392,069
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
283,845
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities
 
27,829
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
33,488
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
29,560
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity
 
335,560
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
281,831
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
220,949
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and
$
3,796,166
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
3,583,832
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
3,220,950
 
 
 
 
 
 
stockholders’ equity
Excess of interest-earning assets
$
372,075
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
331,848
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
194,897
 
 
 
 
 
 
over interest-bearing liabilities
Net interest and dividend income
 
 
 
$
120,671
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
104,644
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
89,219
 
 
 
Interest rate spread
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.47
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.10
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.94
%
Net interest margin
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.62
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.30
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.13
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)  Weighted average yields have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis using a 35% effective tax rate.
(2)  Nonperforming loans are included in average balance computations.
(3)  Balances are reflected net of unearned income.
(4)  Includes securities available-for-sale at fair value.
(5) Includes reverse mortgages

 
46

 


Provision for Loan Losses.  We maintain an allowance for loan losses at an appropriate level based on our assessment of the estimable and probable losses in the loan portfolio, which is discussed further in the “Nonperforming Assets” section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.  Our evaluation is based upon a review of the portfolio and requires significant judgment.  For the year ended December 31, 2010, we recorded a provision for loan losses of $41.9 million compared to $47.8 million in 2009 and $23.0 million in 2008.  The provision of $41.9 million is a $5.9 million decrease from 2009.  This was the result of asset quality stabilizing and key lending indicators, such as problem loan levels, improving.  Also, this decline is indicative of the current point in the business cycle, as problem loans decline and reserves built in prior quarters for the resolution of previously identified problem loans which have now become confirmed losses.

Noninterest Income.  Noninterest income was essentially flat at $50.1 million in 2010 compared to $50.2 million for 2009.  The $1.8 million decrease in loan fees in 2010 was mainly attributable to the wind down of 1st Reverse Financial Services, LLC during 2009.   As a result we did not record any loan fees from this business in 2010.  In addition, net gains on sales of securities decreased by $2.4 million in 2010 compared to 2009, but still reflect $1.0 million of net gains in 2010 despite the sale of nearly all of our downgraded MBS.  Increases in several items essentially offset these decreases, including an increase of $2.4 million in credit/debit card and ATM income during 2010.  This increase was primarily due to growth in prime-based bailment fees at Cash Connect (our ATM division).  In addition, fiduciary and investment management income increased $1.2 million during 2010 resulting from our acquisition of CB&T in the fourth quarter of 2010 as well as growth of our existing wealth management and investment businesses during the year.

Noninterest income increased $4.3 million to $50.2 million in 2009, or 9%, from $46.0 million in 2008.  A significant amount of this increase was due to securities gains, which increased $3.3 million during 2009.  These security gains included $3.0 million of incremental mark-to-market adjustments on the BBB+ MBS, as we recognized positive adjustments of $1.4 million during 2009 compared with negative adjustments of $1.6 million in 2008.  The securities gains increase also included $2.0 million in gains from the sale of securities during 2009.  Partially offsetting these increases was the absence of any gains on the sale of Visa, Inc. shares in 2009.  During 2008 we recognized $1.8 million in gains on sale of Visa, Inc shares related to the completion of their initial public offering.  In addition to securities gains, mortgage banking activities increased $1.5 million due to increased mortgage loan originations and sales, including a $16.7 million bulk loan sale completed during 2009.  Also during 2009, loan fee income increased $1.2 million as a result of increased fees from 1st Reverse, our majority owned national reverse mortgage subsidiary.  The wind-down of 1st Reverse was completed in the fourth quarter of 2009.  These noninterest income increases were partially offset by a reduction in BOLI income of $869,000 due to lower yields in underlying investments funding this program and a $707,000 decrease in credit/debit card and ATM income which was the result of reduced prime-based ATM bailment fees from Cash Connect resulting from the lower interest rate environment.  Although noninterest income was negatively impacted by lower bailment fees, the net interest margin benefited due to lower funding costs for these borrowings.

Noninterest Expenses.  Noninterest expenses increased only $828,000 during 2010 compared to 2009.  During 2009 there were $6.1 million of non-routine items compared to $1.7 million during 2010.  For additional detail on these non-routine items see Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  Excluding the non-routine items, the remaining increase in expenses was the result of higher FDIC expense during 2010 mainly due to increased deposit balances during the year.  In addition, loan workout and other real estate owned (“OREO”) expenses increased, as we continued our active asset disposition efforts and prudent write-downs to expected realizable values.  Otherwise, increases in expense items reflect the thoughtful and aggressive growth efforts we have taken to pursue the significant opportunities in our market.  Examples of this growth are increased expenses related to the ongoing operations of Christiana Trust as well as the addition of eight new relationship mangers and the related support staff during the past year.  Further, during 2010 we completed five new, relocated or renovated branch offices, as well as preparation for several additional or renovated offices during 2011.  As we continue our expansion plans, additional costs for Associates, infrastructure and marketing are anticipated in 2011.

 
47

 

Noninterest expenses increased $19.4 million, or 22%, to $108.5 million in 2009 from $89.1 million in 2008.  A large portion of the increase is attributable to $6.1 million of non-routine items recorded during 2009.  For additional information on any of these non-routine items see Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  Excluding the non-routine items, the remaining increase was mainly due to an additional $5.4 million of FDIC insurance premium expense during 2009.  Also during 2008, write-downs of assets acquired through foreclosure (REO) and other credit related costs increased $3.3 million related to additional deterioration in housing prices and appraisal values.  Further, during 2009 professional fees increased $3.0 million mainly due to increased credit related issues. In addition, the increase in professional fees included a $1.2 million accrual of consulting expenses related the Company’s efficiency effort: Creative Opportunities for Revenues and Expenses (CORE) program. This expense accrual was for the portion of the consultant’s work that was completed.  Lastly, salaries benefits and other compensation as well as occupancy and equipment expenses increased $3.4 million due to the continued growth of our banking franchise during 2009.  This growth included the full year impact of seven branch openings and renovations during 2008 (including four branches from Sun National Bank) and an additional two new branches and two branch relocations during 2009.

Income Taxes. We recorded $5.5 million of tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to a tax benefit of $2.1 million and tax expense $7.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were 27.9%, 146.4% and 30.1%, respectively.  The 2009 tax benefit is a result of our pre-tax operating loss, combined with tax free income and a reduction in unrecognized tax benefits during the year.  Volatility in effective tax rates is directly impacted by the level of pretax income or loss, combined with the amount of tax-free income as well as the effects of unrecognized tax benefits. The provision for income taxes includes federal, state and local income taxes that are currently payable or deferred because of temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax reporting basis of the assets and liabilities.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Total assets increased $205.0 million, or 5%, to $4.0 billion as December 31, 2010 compared to December 31, 2009. A significant portion of this increase was due to growth in net loans of $96.7 million, or 4%, during 2010. Loan growth was impacted by the acquisition of CB&T, including $106.2 million of loans.  In addition, cash in non-owned ATMs and our mortgage-backed securities increased $61.7 million and $32.1 million, respectively.  Total liabilities increased $139.0 million during the year to $3.6 billion at December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily the result of an increase in customer deposits of $346.5 million, or 16%, including $175.2 million of customer deposits from the acquisition of CB&T.  In addition, money market accounts increased $193.2 million, or 35% during 2010. Partially offsetting these increases was a $124.2 million, or 20% decrease in Federal Home Loan Bank advances.

Cash in non-owned ATMs. During 2010, cash in non-owned ATMs managed by Cash Connect, our ATM unit, increased $61.7 million, or 23%. Cash Connect serviced over 10,000 ATMs at December 31, 2010 of which, 319 were WSFS owned and operated.

Mortgage-backed Securities. Investments in mortgage-backed securities increased $32.1 million to $713.4 million during 2010. We sold $154.6 million in mortgage-backed securities during 2010 for a net gain of $782,000. Our mortgage-backed securities are predominantly of short duration with a weighted average duration of 2.1 years at December 31, 2010.

Investment Securities. Our investment securities are comprised mostly of Government Sponsored Entities (“GSE”) securities with maturities of less than four years. We own no Collateralized Debt Obligations, Bank Trust Preferred, Agency Preferred securities or equity securities in other FDIC insured banks or thrifts.  

Loans, net. Net loans (including those held-for-sale) increased $96.7 million, or 4%, during 2010, including $106.2 million of loans related to the acquisition of CB&T.  Loan growth (counting the CB&T

 
48

 

loans) included increases of $188.9 million, or 7%, and $100.6 million, or 19%, in commercial and commercial real estate loans, respectively. These increases were partially offset by the intentional decline of $90.6 million, or 39%, in construction loan balances during 2010.  In addition, residential mortgage loans decreased by $34.3 million, or 10%, mainly due to our strategy to originate then sell these loans in the secondary market to generate fee income.

Goodwill and Intangibles.  Goodwill and intangibles increased $20.4 million during 2010 due to the acquisition of CB&T during 2010.  As a result of this acquisition, we recorded goodwill of $15.9 million, core deposit intangibles of $1.9 million and other amortizing intangibles of $2.9 million.

Customer Deposits. Customer deposits increased $346.5 million, or 16%, during 2010 to $2.6 billion. During 2010 we acquired CB&T, which included $175.2 million in customer deposit accounts.  For additional information regarding this transaction, see Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  Core deposit relationships (demand deposits, money market and savings accounts) increased $307.0 million, or 21%, during the year.  Jumbo certificates of deposits increased $24.8 million, or 9%, and customer time deposits (CDs) increased $14.7 million, or 3%, in 2010.  The table below depicts the changes in customer deposits during the last three years:
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2010 
 
2009 
 
2008 
 
 
 
(Dollars In Millions)
 
Beginning balance
 
$
2,215 
 
$
1,811 
 
$
1,578 
 
Interest credited
 
 
20 
 
 
28 
 
 
36 
 
Deposit inflows, net
 
 
327 
 
 
376 
 
 
197 
 
Ending balance
 
$
2,562 
 
$
2,215 
 
$
1,811 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Borrowings and Brokered Certificates of Deposit. Borrowings and brokered certificates of deposit decreased by $204.8 million, or 17%, during 2010. This decrease was primarily the result of a decrease in FHLB advances of $124.2 million, or 20%. Brokered certificates of deposits decreased $97.6 million, or 28%.

Stockholders’ Equity. Stockholders’ equity increased $66.0 million to $367.8 million at December 31, 2010. This increase included the successful completion of a common stock offering which raised $54.6 million, net of $2.9 million of costs.  Our other comprehensive income, which includes unrealized gains/losses on available-for-sale securities, also increased by $8.6 million (net of tax) as interest rates and credit market dynamics lifted the valuation of our short duration securities.  Retained earnings increased $7.8 million, or 2%, to $393.1 million.  Partially offsetting these increases were cash dividends on common and preferred stock of $3.6 million.

ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

Our primary asset/liability management goal is to maximize long term net interest income opportunities within the constraints of managing interest rate risk, while ensuring adequate liquidity and funding and maintaining a strong capital base.

In general, interest rate risk is mitigated by closely matching the maturities or repricing periods of interest-sensitive assets and liabilities to ensure a favorable interest rate spread. We regularly review our interest-rate sensitivity, and use a variety of strategies as needed to adjust that sensitivity within acceptable tolerance ranges established by management and the Board of Directors. Changing the relative proportions of fixed-rate and adjustable-rate assets and liabilities is one of our primary strategies to accomplish this objective.

The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed by examining the extent to which such assets and liabilities are “interest-rate sensitive” and by monitoring an institution’s interest-sensitivity gap. An interest-sensitivity gap is considered positive when the amount of interest-rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest-rate sensitive liabilities repricing within a defined period, and is considered negative when the amount of interest-rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest-rate sensitive assets repricing within a defined period.

 
49

 
 
The repricing and maturities of our interest-rate sensitive assets and interest-rate sensitive liabilities at December 31, 2010 are shown in the following table:
 
 
Less than
 
One to
 
Over
 
Total
 
One Year
Five Years
Five Years
(Dollars in Thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-rate sensitive assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate loans (1) (2)
$
876,819
 
$
97,841
 
$
78,353
 
$
1,053,013
 
Commercial loans (2)
 
974,922
 
 
172,365
 
 
40,806
 
 
1,188,093
 
Consumer loans (2)
 
230,766
 
 
41,431
 
 
33,824
 
 
306,021
 
Mortgage-backed securities
 
169,476
 
 
374,288
 
 
169,594
 
 
713,358
 
Loans held-for-sale (2)
 
14,552
 
 
 
 
 
 
14,552
 
Investment securities
 
10,878
 
 
40,748
 
 
38,361
 
 
89,987
 
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks
 
 
254
 
 
 
 
 
 
254
 
 
 
 
2,277,667
 
 
726,673
 
 
360,938
 
 
3,365,278
 
Interest-rate sensitive liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Money market and interest-bearing demand deposits
 
711,628
 
 
 
 
344,726
 
 
1,056,354
 
Savings deposits
 
127,669
 
 
 
 
127,671
 
 
255,340
 
Retail time deposits
 
489,110
 
 
214,768
 
 
992
 
 
704,870
 
Jumbo certificates of deposit
 
74,183
 
 
2,922
 
 
 
 
77,105
 
Brokered certificates of deposit
 
244,539
 
 
4,467
 
 
 
 
249,006
 
FHLB advances
 
218,855
 
 
270,104
 
 
 
 
488,959
 
Trust preferred borrowings
 
67,011
 
 
 
 
 
 
67,011
 
Other borrowed funds
 
136,636
 
 
55,000
 
 
 
 
191,636
 
 
 
 
2,069,631
 
 
547,261
 
 
473,389
 
 
3,090,281
 
(Deficiency) excess of interest-rate sensitive
$
208,036
 
$
179,412
 
$
(112,451
)
$
274,997
 
  assets over interest-rate sensitive liabilities
 (“interest-rate sensitive gap”)
One-year interest-rate sensitive assets/
 
110.05
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-rate sensitive liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One-year interest-rate sensitive gap as a
 
5.26
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Percent of total assets
 
(1)
Includes commercial mortgage, construction, and residential mortgage loans
(2)
Loan balances exclude nonaccruing loans, deferred fees and costs
 
Generally, during a period of rising interest rates, a positive gap would result in an increase in net interest income while a negative gap would adversely affect net interest income. Conversely, during a period of falling rates, a positive gap would result in a decrease in net interest income while a negative gap would augment net interest income. However, the interest-sensitivity table does not provide a comprehensive representation of the impact of interest rate changes on net interest income. Each category of assets or liabilities will not be affected equally or simultaneously by changes in the general level of interest rates. Even assets and liabilities which contractually reprice within the rate period may not, in fact, reprice at the same price or the same time or with the same frequency. It is also important to consider that the table represents a specific point in time. Variations can occur as we adjust our interest-sensitivity position throughout the year.

To provide a more accurate position of our one-year gap, certain deposit classifications are based on the interest-rate sensitive attributes and not on the contractual repricing characteristics of these deposits. We estimate, based on historical trends of our deposit accounts, that 75% of our money market and 50% of our interest-bearing demand deposits are sensitive to interest rate changes and that 50% of our savings deposits are sensitive to

 
50

 

interest rate changes. Accordingly, these interest-sensitive portions are classified in the less than one-year category with the remainder in the over five-year category.

Deposit rates other than time deposit rates are variable, and changes in deposit rates are generally subject to local market conditions and our discretion and are not indexed to any particular rate.

During the first quarter of 2010 we executed on $75.0 million of intermediate-term FHLB Advances in order to reduce the sensitivity of our net interest income to increases in market interest rates.

REVERSE MORTGAGES

We hold an investment in reverse mortgages of ($686,000) at December 31, 2010 representing a participation in reverse mortgages with a third party. Sixteen loans remain in this portfolio.  The loans were originated in the early 1990s.

These reverse mortgage loans are contracts that require the lender to make monthly advances throughout each borrower’s life or until each borrower relocates, prepays or the home is sold, at which time the loan becomes due and payable. Reverse mortgages are nonrecourse obligations, which means that the loan repayments are generally limited to the net sale proceeds of the borrower’s residence.

We account for our investment in reverse mortgages by estimating the value of the future cash flows on the reverse mortgages at a discount rate deemed appropriate for these mortgages, based on the market rate for similar collateral. Actual cash flows from the maturity of these mortgage loans can result in significant volatility in the recorded value of reverse mortgage assets. As a result, income varies significantly from reporting period to reporting period. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we recorded a negative $287,000 in interest income on reverse mortgages. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded a negative $464,000 in interest income on reverse mortgages, and we recorded a negative $1.1 million in 2008. The results for all three years were primarily due to the decrease in the values of the properties securing the mortgages, based on annual re-evaluations and consistent with the decrease in home values over the past three years.

The projected cash flows depend on assumptions about life expectancy of the mortgagees and the future changes in collateral values. Projecting the changes in collateral values is the most significant factor impacting the volatility of reverse mortgage values. Our current assumptions include a short-term annual appreciation rate of zero in the first year, and a long-term annual appreciation rate of 0.5% in future years. If the long-term appreciation rate was increased to 1.5%, the resulting impact would have resulted in income of $1,000. Conversely, if the long-term appreciation rate was decreased to -0.5%, the resulting impact on income would have been a loss of $1,000.  If housing values do not change (0.0% annual appreciation for all future years) the resulting impact would be a loss of less than $1,000.

We hold $12.4 million fair value of BBB+ rated mortgage-backed securities classified as trading.  We also have options to acquire up to 49.9% of Class “O” Certificates issued in connection with securities consisting of a portfolio of reverse mortgages we previously owned. The Class “O” Certificates are currently recorded on our financial statements at a zero value. At the time of the securitization, the third-party securitizer (Lehman Brothers Holding, Inc. “Lehman Brothers”) retained 100% of the Class “O” Certificates from the securitization. These Class “O” Certificates have no priority over other classes of Certificates under the Trust and no distributions will be made on the Class “O” Certificates until, among other conditions, the principal amount of each other class of notes has been reduced to zero. The underlying assets, the reverse mortgages, are very long-term assets. Therefore, any cash flow that might inure to the holder of the Class “O” Certificates is not expected to occur until a number of years in the future. Additionally, we have had the ability to exercise our option on 49.9% of the Class “O” Certificates in up to five separate increments for an aggregate purchase price of $1.0 million any time between January 1, 2004 and the termination of the Securitization Trust. The option to purchase the Class “O” Certificates does not meet the definition of a derivative under ASU 815-10, Derivatives and Hedging (formerly Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 161,

 
51

 

Disclosure about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities – an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133) and is carried in our financial statements at cost. In 2008 Lehman Brothers filed for bankruptcy. During 2009 we filed a “Proof of Claim” against Lehman Brothers Holding, Inc. regarding the option on the Class “O” Certificates.  Also during 2009 we notified Lehman Brothers Holding, Inc. that we were exercising our option on these securities.  While the status of this exercise is still pending, during 2010 we entered into negotiations with the bankruptcy estate to fully resolve this claim.

During 2009, we acquired a majority interest in 1st Reverse Financial Services, LLC (1st Reverse), which specializes in originating and subsequently selling reverse mortgage loans nationwide. These reverse mortgages are government approved and insured.  During the latter part of 2009, we decided to conduct an orderly wind-down of 1st Reverse operations (discussed further in Note 19 of the Financial Statements).

NONPERFORMING ASSETS

Nonperforming assets, which include nonaccruing loans, nonperforming real estate investments and assets acquired through foreclosure and troubled debt restructures, can negatively affect our results of operations. Nonaccruing loans are those on which the accrual of interest has ceased. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status immediately if, in the opinion of management, collection is doubtful, or when principal or interest is past due 90 days or more and the value of the collateral is insufficient to cover principal and interest. Interest accrued but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is reversed and charged against interest income. In addition, the amortization of net deferred loan fees is suspended when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Subsequent cash receipts are applied either to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, depending on management’s assessment of the ultimate collectability of principal and interest. Past due loans are defined as loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest payments but which remain in accrual status because they are considered well secured and in the process of collection.

The following table shows our nonperforming assets and past due loans at the dates indicated:

At December 31,
 
2010 
 
2009 
 
2008 
 
2007 
 
2006 
 
(Dollars in Thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonaccruing loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial mortgages
 
$
9,490
 
$
1,021
 
$
5,748
 
$
3,873
 
$
500
 
Construction
 
 
30,260
 
 
44,680
 
 
16,595
 
 
6,794
 
 
 
Commercial
 
 
21,577
 
 
9,463
 
 
986
 
 
17,187
 
 
1,282
 
Residential mortgages
 
 
11,739
 
 
9,959
 
 
4,753
 
 
2,417
 
 
1,493
 
Consumer
 
 
3,701
 
 
818
 
 
352
 
 
835
 
 
557
 
Total nonaccruing loans
 
 
76,767
 
 
65,941
 
 
28,434
 
 
31,106
 
 
3,832
 
Assets acquired through foreclosure
 
 
9,024
 
 
8,945
 
 
4,471
 
 
703
 
 
388
 
Restructured loans (1)
 
 
7,107
 
 
7,274
 
 
2,855
 
 
 
 
 
Total nonperforming assets
 
$
92,898
 
$
82,160
 
$
35,760
 
$
31,809
 
$
4,220
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Past due loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgages
 
$
465
 
$
1,221
 
$
1,313
 
$
388
 
$
219
 
Commercial and commercial mortgages
 
 
 
 
105
 
 
 
 
14
 
 
3
 
Consumer
 
 
 
 
97
 
 
26
 
 
173
 
 
29
 
Total past due loans
 
$
465
 
$
1,423
 
$
1,339
 
$
575
 
$
251
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ratio of nonaccruing loans to total loans (2)
2.93
%
 
2.61
%
 
1.15
%
 
1.38
%
 
0.19
%
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to gross loans (2)
2.30
 
 
2.12
 
 
1.26
 
 
1.12
 
 
1.34
 
Ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets
2.35
 
 
2.19
 
 
1.04
 
 
0.99
 
 
0.14
 
Ratio of loan loss allowance to nonaccruing loans (3)
62.94
 
 
63.10
 
 
108.30
 
 
78.80
 
 
705.32
 

(1)
Nonaccruing TDRs are included in their respective categories of nonaccruing loans.
(2)
Total loans exclude loans held-for-sale.
(3)
The applicable allowance represents general valuation allowances only.

 
52

 

    Nonperforming assets increased $10.7 million between December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010.  As a result nonperforming assets, as a ratio of total assets, increased to 2.35% at December 31, 2010 an increase of 0.16% over the 2.19% as of December 31, 2009.   A reduction in nonperforming construction loans of $14.4 million was more than offset by increases in nonperforming commercial, commercial mortgage and retail loans of $25.2 million. The increase was mainly due to the migration of small business loans and reflects the impact the current ongoing economic downturn is having on small business customers. The decrease in nonperforming construction loans was a result of proactive credit management as we emphasized problem asset resolution.  Assets acquired through foreclosure increased slightly to $9.0 million at December 31, 2010 compared to $8.9 million at December 31, 2009.  While we have added significant resources, proactively managed resolution of problem assets and have seen leading indicators continue to improve during the fourth quarter of 2010, the level of nonperforming assets is expected to continue to show volatility.

All of the accruing restructured loans were residential mortgages and consumer loans.  Concessions on these loans consisted mainly of forbearance agreements, reduction in interest rates or extensions of maturity.  There were $15.6 million of restructured loans included in nonaccruing loan balances (all in construction loans).  Nonaccruing restructured loans remain in nonaccrual status until there has been a period of sustained historical repayment performance for a reasonable period, usually six months.

The following table provides an analysis of the change in the balance of nonperforming assets during the last three years:

Year Ended December 31
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
Beginning balance
  $ 82,160     $ 35,760     $ 31,809  
Additions
    89,876       100,925       48,152  
Collections
    (38,459 )     (19,133 )     (26,574 )
Transfers to accrual
    (1,077 )     (6,236 )     (1,345 )
Charge-offs/write-downs
    (39,602 )     (29,156 )     (16,282 )
Ending balance
  $ 92,898     $ 82,160     $ 35,760  
 
As of December 31, 2010, we had $108.0 million of loans, which although performing at that date, required increased supervision and review, and may, depending on the economic environment and other factors, become nonperforming assets in future periods. The amount of such loans at December 31, 2009 was $98.5 million. The majority of these loans are secured by commercial real estate, with others being secured by residential real estate, inventory and receivables.

At December 31, 2010, we did not have a material amount of loans not classified as non-accrual, 90 days past due or restructured but where known information about possible credit problems of borrowers caused us to have serious concerns as to the ability of the borrowers to comply with present loan repayment terms and may result in disclosure as non-accrual, 90 days past due or restructured.

Allowance for Loan Losses.  We maintain allowances for loan losses and charge losses to these allowances when such losses are realized. The determination of the allowance for loan losses requires significant judgment reflecting our best estimate of impairment related to specifically identified loans as well as probable loan losses in the remaining loan portfolio. Our evaluation is based upon a continuing review of these portfolios.

We established our loan loss allowance in accordance with guidance provided in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin 102 (SAB 102). Its methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance consists of several key elements which include: specific allowances for

 
53

 

identified problem loans; formula allowances for commercial and commercial real estate loans; and allowances for pooled homogenous loans.

Specific reserves are established when appropriate for certain loans in cases where we have identified significant conditions or circumstances related to a specific credit that we believe indicate the loan is impaired.

The formula allowances for commercial loans are calculated by applying estimated loss factors to outstanding loans based on the internal risk grade of loans. For low risk commercial and commercial real estate loans the portfolio is pooled, based on internal risk grade, and, as a starting point, estimates are based on a ten-year net charge-off history. Higher risk and criticized loans have loss factors that are derived from an analysis of both the probability of default and the probability of loss should default occur. Loss adjustment factors are then applied to the historical data based on criteria discussed below. As a result, changes in risk grades of both performing and nonperforming loans affect the amount of the formula allowance.

Pooled loans are usually smaller, not-individually-graded and homogenous in nature, such as consumer installment loans and residential mortgages. Loan loss allowances for pooled loans are first based on a ten-year net charge-off history. The average loss allowance per homogenous pool is based on the product of the average annual historical loss rate and the homogeneous pool balances. These separate risk pools are then assigned a reserve for losses based upon this historical loss information and loss adjustment factors.

Adjustments to historical losses are based upon our evaluation of various current conditions including those listed below:
 
      ·  
General economic and business conditions affecting our key lending areas
      ·  
Credit quality trends
      ·  
Recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio
      ·  
Collateral values and loan-to-value ratios
      ·  
Loan volumes and concentrations, including changes in mix
      ·  
Seasoning of the loan portfolio
      ·  
Specific industry conditions within portfolio segments
      ·  
Bank regulatory examination results
      ·  
Other factors, including changes in quality of the loan origination, servicing and risk management processes

Our loan officers and risk managers meet at least quarterly to discuss and review the conditions and risks associated with individual loans. We also have an internal loan review function that oversees and examines management’s internal ratings.  We have an internal loan rating system with twelve categories of loan ratings, which is used to evaluate our commercial loans. These categories are discussed later in this Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

In addition, we regularly contract with third-party loan review experts to review portions of the portfolio.  Further, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our allowance for such losses.  We also give consideration to the results of these regulatory agency examinations.

Increases in the allowance for loan losses in 2010 compared to prior periods and 2009 were due to rising trends in our past due and nonperforming loans and the effects of rising unemployment rates.  The increase in non-performing loans is a direct result of the weak economic environment impacting numerous borrowers’ ability to pay as scheduled.  This has resulted in increased loan delinquencies over the economic cycle and, in some cases, decreases in the collateral value used to secure real estate loans and the ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure.  Collateral value is assessed based on third-party appraisals, collateral value trends and liquidation value trends.  In certain circumstances, the appraised value may be adjusted based upon the consideration of

 
54

 

the age of the appraisal and other liquidation expenses to determine appropriate discounts that may be needed.  In response to the deterioration in real estate loan quality over this cycle, management closely monitors this portfolio.
 
A loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect principal or interest that is due in accordance with contractual terms of the loan. Impaired loans include nonaccrual loans and troubled debt restructured loans. Loan impairment is measured in accordance with FASB ASC 310, Receivables (Formerly SFAS No. 114, Accounting for Creditors for Impairment of a Loan).  The adjustments are made in the form of specific reserves and/or charge-offs.  Additional information regarding the specific reserves can be found in Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
The table below represents a summary of changes in the allowance for loan losses during the periods indicated: 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
(Dollars in Thousands)
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Beginning balance
  $ 53,446     $ 31,189     $ 25,252     $ 27,384     $ 25,381  
Provision for loan losses
    41,883       47,811       23,024       5,021       2,738  
 
                                       
Charge-offs:
                                       
Commercial Mortgage
    3,902       1,453       1,421       -       -  
Construction
    14,972       14,479       10,774       1,398       -  
Commercial
    9,458       5,796       1,992       4,379       470  
Residential real estate
    2,241       1,164       628       41       75  
Overdrafts
    1,019       1,216       1,327       1,441       607  
Consumer
    5,974       2,458       1,697       790       483  
Total charge-offs
    37,566       26,566       17,839       8,049       1,635  
 
                                       
Recoveries:
                                       
Commercial Mortgage
    126       4       -       117       148  
Construction
    1,495       375       12       10       22  
Commercial
    375       150       100       173       343  
Residential real estate
    26       38       7       11       14  
Overdrafts
    375       380       384       446       217  
Consumer
    179       65       249       139       156  
Total recoveries
    2,576       1,012       752       896       900  
 
                                       
Net charge-offs
    34,990       25,554       17,087       7,153       735  
Ending balance
  $ 60,339     $ 53,446     $ 31,189     $ 25,252     $ 27,384  
Net charge-offs to average gross loans outstanding, net of unearned income
    1.39 %     1.01 %     0.74 %     0.34 %     0.04 %
 
                                       
During 2010, net charge-offs increased to $35.0 million, or 1.39%, of average loans annualized, from $25.6 million, or 1.01%, of average loans in 2009.  This is due to the fact that we provide for losses earlier in the problem loan identification process when they are probable.  We charge the loans off when they are determined to be uncollectable.


 
55

 


The allowance for loan losses is allocated by major portfolio type. As these portfolios have developed, they have become a source of historical data in projecting delinquencies and loss exposure.  However, such allocations are not a guarantee of when future losses may occur. While we have allocated the allowance for loan losses by portfolio type in the following table, the entire reserve is available for any loan portfolio to utilize. The allocation of the allowance for loan losses by portfolio type at the end of each of the last five fiscal years, and the percentage of outstanding loans in each category to total gross outstanding, at such dates follow:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31,
 
 
 
2010 
 
2009 
 
2008 
 
2007 
 
2006 
 
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
 
Amount
 
Percent
(Dollars in Thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial mortgage
 $
10,564 
 
23.8
%
 
 
 $
6,160 
 
20.7
%
 
 
$
7,353 
 
22.6
%
 
 
 $
7,655 
 
20.6
%
 
 
$
7,260 
 
20.6
%
Construction
 
10,019 
 
5.4
%
 
 
 
10,922 
 
9.2
%
 
 
 
3,303 
 
10.2
%
 
 
 
4,496 
 
12.3
%
 
 
 
4,083 
 
11.8
%
Commercial
 
26,556 
 
47.2
%
 
 
 
24,834 
 
44.4
%
 
 
 
12,510 
 
38.1
%
 
 
 
8,088 
 
35.0
%
 
 
 
11,019 
 
31.5
%
Residential real estate
 
3,952 
 
11.8
%
 
 
 
4,073 
 
13.8
%
 
 
 
2,480 
 
17.1
%
 
 
 
1,304 
 
19.8
%
 
 
 
1,645 
 
23.2
%
Consumer
 
9,248 
 
11.8
%
 
 
 
7,457 
 
11.9
%
 
 
 
5,543 
 
12.0
%
 
 
 
3,709 
 
12.3
%
 
 
 
3,377 
 
12.9
%
Total
$
60,339 
 
100.0
%
 
 
$
53,446 
 
100.0
%
 
 
$
31,189 
 
100.0 
%
 
 
$
25,252 
 
100.0
%
 
 
$
27,384 
 
100.0
%

LIQUIDITY

We manage our liquidity risk and funding needs through our Treasury function and our Asset/Liability Committee. Historically, we have had success in growing our loan portfolio. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2010, net loan growth resulted in the use of $43.1 million in cash.  Loan growth (excluding the CB&T acquisition) was primarily the result of our continued success increasing corporate and small business lending. We expect this trend to continue and have significant experience managing our funding needs through borrowings and deposit growth.
 
As a financial institution, we have ready access to several sources of funding. Among these are:
 
     ·  
Deposit growth
     ·  
Brokered deposits
     ·  
Borrowing from the FHLB
     ·  
Fed Discount Window access
     ·  
Other borrowings such as repurchase agreements
     ·  
Cash flow from securities, loan sales and repayments
     ·  
Net income.

Our current branch expansion and renovation program is focused on expanding our retail footprint in Delaware and attracting new customers to provide additional deposit growth. Customer funding growth was strong, equaling $363.5 million, or 16% between December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010.  Nearly all of this growth was in core deposit accounts and included a $175.2 million increase from the CB&T acquisition.

Our portfolio of high-quality liquid investments, primarily short-duration, mortgage-backed securities and GSE securities also provide a source of cash flow to meet current cash needs. If needed, portions of this portfolio, as well as portions of the loan portfolio, could be sold to provide cash to fund new loans. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2010, $62.0 million in cash was provided by operating activities.

We have a policy that separately addresses liquidity, and we monitor our adherence to policy limits. As part of the liquidity management process, we also monitor our available wholesale funding capacity. At December 31, 2010, we had $428.6 million in funding capacity at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh. Also, liquidity risk management is a primary area of examination by the OTS.

 
56

 

We have not used and have no intention of using any significant off balance sheet financing arrangement for liquidity management purposes. Our financial instruments with off balance sheet risk are limited to obligations to fund loans to customers pursuant to existing commitments and obligations of letters of credit. In addition, we have not had and have no intention to have any significant transactions, arrangements or other relationships with any unconsolidated, limited purpose entities that could materially affect our liquidity or capital resources.
 
CAPITAL RESOURCES

Federal laws, among other things, require the OTS to mandate uniformly applicable capital standards for all savings institutions.  These standards currently require institutions such as us to maintain a “tangible” capital ratio equal to 1.5% of adjusted total assets, “core” (or “Leverage”) capital equal to 4.0% of adjusted total assets.  “Tier 1” capital equal to 4.0% of “risk-weighted” assets and total “risk-based” capital (a combination of core and “supplementary” capital) equal to 8.0% of “risk-weighted” assets.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), as well as other requirements, established five capital tiers: well-capitalized, adequately-capitalized, under capitalized, significantly under-capitalized, and critically under-capitalized.  A depository institution’s capital tier depends upon its capital levels in relation to various relevant capital measures, which include leverage and risk-based capital measures and certain other factors. Depository institutions that are not classified as well-capitalized are subject to various restrictions regarding capital distributions, payment of management fees, acceptance of brokered deposits and other operating activities.

At December 31, 2010, we are classified as well-capitalized, the highest regulatory defined level, and in compliance with all regulatory capital requirements.  Additional information concerning our regulatory capital compliance is included in Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Since 1996, the Board of Directors has approved several stock repurchase programs to acquire common stock outstanding. We did not acquire any shares in 2010 or 2009.  At December 31, 2010, we held 9.6 million shares of our common stock as treasury shares.  At December 31, 2010, we had 506,000 shares remaining under our current share repurchase authorization.

On January 23, 2009, under the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Plan (“CPP”), we issued and sold 52,625 shares of senior preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury, having a liquidation amount equal to $1,000 per share, or $52.6 million.  Although we were well-capitalized under regulatory guidelines, the Board of Directors believed it was advisable to take advantage of the CPP to raise additional capital to ensure that, during these uncertain times, we are well-positioned to support our existing operations as well as anticipated future growth.  Additional information concerning the CPP is included in Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

As part of the CPP program, any share repurchases or increase in the dividend level from the September 2008 quarterly payment of $0.12 per share, must be approved by the U.S. Treasury.

We completed a private placement to Peninsula Investment Partners, L.P. (Peninsula) on September 24, 2009, pursuant to which we issued and sold 862,069 shares of common stock for a total purchase price of $25.0 million, and a 10-year warrant to purchase 129,310 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $29.00 per share. Additional information concerning the Peninsula transaction is included in Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In August 2010, we completed an underwritten public offering of 1,370,000 shares of common stock.  The offering was priced at $36.50 per share, a slight premium to the prior day’s closing price, and raised $47.1 million, net of $2.9 million of costs.



 
57

 

OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

We have no off balance sheet arrangements that currently have, or are reasonably likely to have, a material future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.  Additional information concerning our off balance sheet arrangements is included in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

At December 31, 2010, we had contractual obligations relating to operating leases, long-term debt, data processing and credit obligations.  These obligations are summarized below.  See Notes 7, 9 and 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

 
 
Total
 
Less than
 
1-3 Years
 
3-5 Years
 
More than
1 Year
5 Years
(In Thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating lease obligations
 
$
142,998 
 
$
6,250 
 
$
12,059 
 
$
11,266 
 
$
113,423 
Long-term debt obligations
 
 
488,959 
 
 
218,855 
 
 
170,104 
 
 
100,000 
 
 
Data processing contracts
 
 
7,928 
 
 
2,193 
 
 
3,356 
 
 
2,379 
 
 
Credit obligations
 
 
603,539 
 
 
603,539 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
$
1,243,424 
 
$
830,837 
 
$
185,519 
 
$
113,645 
 
$
113,423 

IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

Our Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without consideration of the changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased costs of our operations. Unlike most industrial companies, nearly all of our assets and liabilities are monetary. As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on our performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or the same extent as the price of goods and services.

RECENT LEGISLATION

The economy is experiencing significantly reduced business activity as a result of, among other factors, disruptions in the financial system during the past year. Declines in the housing market during the past year, due to falling home prices and increased foreclosures and unemployment, have resulted in substantial declines in mortgage-related asset values, which has had a dramatic negative impact on government-sponsored entities and major commercial and investment banks.

Reflecting concern about the stability of the finance markets in general and the strength of counterparties, many lenders and institutional investors have reduced, and in some cases, ceased, to provide funding and liquidity to borrowers, including other financial institutions. In response to the financial crisis affecting the banking system and financial markets and going concern threats to investment banks and other financial institutions, on October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”) was signed into law. Pursuant to the EESA, specifically the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) thereunder, the U.S. Treasury will have the authority to, among other things, purchase up to $700 billion of mortgages, mortgage-backed securities and certain other financial instruments from financial institutions for the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets.

On October 14, 2008, the Secretary of the Department of the Treasury announced the Department of the Treasury would purchase equity stakes in a wide variety of banks and thrifts through TARP’s CPP. Under this program, from the $700 billion authorized by the EESA, the Treasury made $250 billion of capital

 
58

 

available to U.S. financial institutions in the form of preferred stock as a way for healthy U.S. financial institutions to help stabilize the U.S. economy. In conjunction with the purchase of preferred stock, the Treasury received, from participating financial institutions, warrants to purchase common stock with an aggregate market price equal to 15% of the preferred stock investment. Participating financial institutions were required to adopt the Treasury’s standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which the Treasury holds equity in such institution issued under the CPP.  After careful consideration of all the costs, restrictions, risks and benefits, we have elected to participate in the CPP program.  The Treasury’s investment signals their faith in us as a healthy institution that can help stabilize and eventually grow the economy. Additional information regarding this transaction can be found in Note 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

On November 21, 2008, the Board of Directors of the FDIC adopted a final rule relating to the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (the “TLGP”). The TLGP was announced by the FDIC on October 14, 2008, after the determination of systemic risk by the Secretary of the Department of Treasury (after consultation with the President), as an initiative to counter the system-wide crisis in the nation’s financial sector. Under the TLGP the FDIC will (i) guarantee, through the earlier of maturity or June 30, 2012, certain newly issued senior unsecured debt issued by participating institutions on or after October 14, 2008, and before June 30, 2009 and (ii) provide full FDIC insurance deposit insurance coverage for noninterest bearing transaction deposit accounts, Negotiable Order of Withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts paying less than 0.5% interest per annum and Interest on Lawyers Trust Accounts (“IOLTA”) accounts held at participating FDIC-insured institutions through December 31, 2009. Coverage under the TLGP was available for the first 30 days without charge. The fee assessment for coverage of senior unsecured debt ranges from 50 basis points to 100 basis points per annum, depending on the initial maturity of the debt.  The fee assessment for deposit insurance coverage is 10 basis points per quarter on amounts in covered accounts exceeding $250,000.  We have elected to participate in the TLGP program.

On February 17, 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) was signed into law by President Obama. The ARRA includes a wide variety of programs intended to stimulate the economy and provide for extensive infrastructure, energy, health, and education needs. In addition, the ARRA imposes certain new executive compensation and corporate expenditure limits on all current and future TARP recipients until the institution has repaid the U.S. Treasury, which is now permitted under the ARRA without penalty and without the need to raise new capital, subject to the U.S. Treasury’s consultation with the recipient’s appropriate regulatory agency.

On November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final ruling that required banks to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the 4th quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010 through 2012.  In addition the FDIC board voted to adopt a uniform three-basis point increase in assessment rates effective January 1, 2011.  Prepayment of the assessments allowed the industry to strengthen the cash position of the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) immediately while allowing the capital impact to be felt over time as the industry’s financial condition improves.  We have paid our estimated assessment for 2010 through 2012 of $19.9 million and will expense this amount based on actual calculations of quarterly provisions during the period to which it relates.

On November 17, 2009, the Federal Reserve adopted a final ruling regarding Regulation E, otherwise known as the Electronic Fund Transfer Act.  The ruling limits our ability to assess fees for overdrafts on ATM or one-time debit transactions without receiving prior consent from our customers who have opted-in to our overdraft service.  This act became effective on July 1, 2010 and we have taken steps to be incompliance with these regulations.

On June 28, 2010 the Board of Directors of the FDIC adopted a final ruling extending the Transaction Account Guarantee (“TAG”) program to December 31, 2010.  And, as of September 27, 2010 the FDIC has proposed no further extension of the TAG program past December 31, 2010.  We chose to participate in the extension program.

 
59

 

On July 21, 2010, the President signed the Dodd-Frank Act into law.  This legislation makes extensive changes to the laws regulating financial services firms and requires significant rule-making.  In addition, the legislation mandates multiple studies, which could result in additional legislative or regulatory action.  While the full effects of the legislation on us cannot yet be determined, this legislation was opposed by the American Bankers Association and is generally perceived as negatively impacting the banking industry.  This legislation may result in higher compliance and other costs, reduced revenues and higher capital and liquidity requirements, among other things, which could adversely affect our business.  There are many parts of the Dodd-Frank Act that have yet to be determined and implemented however, as a direct result of the Act, the following rulings have been adopted or will be adopted in the coming years:

·  
On August 10, 2010 the Board of Directors of the FDIC adopted a final ruling permanently increasing the standard maximum deposit insurance amount from $100,000 to $250,000, which became effective on July 22, 2010.

·  
During January of 2011, a timeframe and preliminary implementation plan for the phase out of The Office of Thrift Supervision (“the OTS”), one of our current banking regulators was announced by the joint agencies, and its merger into the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.  The provisions of the plan include a transition from the Thrift Financial Report, which we file each quarter, to the Call Report, expected to begin with the March 2012 reporting period.

·  
On February 7, 2011, the Federal Reserve approved a final ruling the changes the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) assessment from domestic deposits to average assets minus tangible equity.  The changes will go into effect during the second quarter of 2011 and will be payable at the end of September.  It is the intent of the FDIC that banks with over $10 billion in assets pay a larger share of the assessments into the DIF.
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations are based on the Consolidated Financial Statements, which are prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these Consolidated Financial Statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions affecting the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. We regularly evaluate these estimates and assumptions including those related to the allowance for loan losses, deferred taxes, fair value measurements, goodwill and other intangible assets. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other factors and assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. These form the basis for making judgments on the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

The following are critical accounting policies that involve more significant judgments and estimates:

Allowance for Loan Losses

We maintain allowances for loan losses and charge losses to these allowances when realized. We consider the determination of the allowance for loan losses to be critical because it requires significant judgment reflecting our best estimate of impairment related to specifically evaluated impaired loans as well as the inherent risk of loss for those in the remaining loan portfolio.  Our evaluation is based upon a continuing review of the portfolio, with consideration given to evaluations resulting from examinations performed by regulatory authorities.


 
60

 
Deferred Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which requires the recording of deferred income taxes that reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. We consider our accounting policies on deferred taxes to be critical because we regularly assess the need for valuation allowances on deferred income tax assets that may result from, among other things, limitations imposed by Internal Revenue Code and uncertainties, including the timing of settlement and realization of these differences.  No valuation allowance is required as of December 31, 2010.

Fair Value Measurements

We adopted FASB ASC 820-10 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.  We consider our accounting policies related to fair value measurements to be critical because they are important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results, and they require our subjective and complex judgment as a result of the need to make estimates about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain.  See Note 16, Fair Value of Financial Assets to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
In accordance with FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations, and FASB ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, all assets and liabilities acquired in purchase acquisitions, including goodwill, indefinite-lived intangibles and other intangibles are recorded at fair value. We consider our accounting policies related to goodwill and other intangible assets to be critical because the assumptions or judgment used in determining the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in past acquisitions are subjective and complex. As a result, changes in these assumptions or judgment could have a significant impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
 
The fair value of acquired assets and liabilities, including the resulting goodwill, was based either on quoted market prices or provided by other third-party sources, when available. When third-party information was not available we made good-faith estimates primarily through the use of internal cash flow modeling techniques. The assumptions used in the cash flow modeling are subjective and susceptible to significant changes.
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for impairment at least annually and written down and charged to results of operations only in periods in which the recorded value is more than the estimated fair value. Intangible assets that have finite useful lives will continue to be amortized over their useful lives and are periodically evaluated for impairment. As of December 31, 2010, goodwill totaled $26.7 million compared to $10.9 million as of December 31, 2009.  The majority of this goodwill is in the WSFS Bank reporting unit and is the result of a branch acquisition in 2008 and the acquisition of CB&T during 2010.  In addition, and mainly as a result of the CB&T acquisition, amortizing intangibles totaled $7.3 million as of December 31, 2010 compared to $2.8 million as of December 31, 2009.
 
Goodwill is tested for impairment using a two-step process that begins with an estimation of fair value. The first step compares the estimated fair value of our reporting units with their carrying amounts, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered impaired. However, if the carrying amount exceeds its estimated fair value, a second step is performed comparing the implied fair value to the carrying amount of goodwill. An impairment loss would be recorded to the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value.
 

 
61

 
 
Fair value may be determined using market prices, comparison to similar assets, market multiples, discounted cash flow analyses and other variables. Estimated cash flows extend five years into the future and, by their nature, are difficult to estimate over such an extended period of time. Factors that may significantly affect estimates include, but are not limited to, balance sheet growth assumptions, credit losses in our investment and loan portfolios, competitive pressures in our market area, changes in customer base and customer product preferences, changes in revenue growth trends, cost structure, changes in discount rates, conditions in the banking sector and general economic variables.
 
As of December 31, 2010, we completed the Step One test of the analysis to determine potential goodwill impairment of the WSFS Bank reporting unit.  The valuation incorporated a market-based analysis and indicated the fair value of our WSFS Bank reporting unit was 43% above the carrying amount.  Therefore, in accordance with FASB ASC 350-20-35-6, the Step Two analysis was not required.
 
At December 31, 2010, goodwill and other intangible assets were not considered impaired.  Changing economic conditions that may adversely affect our performance and stock price could result in impairment, which could adversely affect earnings in the future.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In June 2009 the FASB issued new guidance impacting FASB ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing (“ASC 860”) (formerly SFAS No. 166, Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140). This new standard amended derecognition guidance and eliminated the concept of qualifying special-purpose entities. The new standard was effective on January 1, 2010.  The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In June 2009, the FASB issued new guidance impacting FASB ASC 810-10, Consolidation (formerly SFAS No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)). The new standard amended previous guidance to replace the quantitative-based risks and rewards calculation for determining which enterprise, if any, has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity with an approach focused on identifying which enterprise has the power to direct the activities of a variable interest entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and (i) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or (ii) the right to receive benefits from the entity. The pronouncement was effective January 1, 2010 and we have determined that adoption of the new standard did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In July 2010, the FASB issued an update (Accounting Standards update No. 2010-20, Receivables, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses) This update improves the disclosures that an entity provides about the credit quality of its financing receivables and the related allowance for credit losses.  As a result of these amendments, an entity is required to disaggregate, by portfolio segment or class, certain existing disclosures, and to provide certain new disclosures about its financing receivables and related allowances for credit losses.  The disclosures as of the end of a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010.  The disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010.  The amendment does not require comparative disclosures for earlier reporting periods that ended before adoption, however, an entity should provide comparative disclosures for those reporting periods after initial adoption.  The adoption of this amendment did not have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In December 2010, the FASB issued an update (Accounting Standards update No. 2010-29, Business Combinations – Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations) which amends FASB ASC 805, Business Combination.  This update clarifies the acquisition date that should be used for reporting the pro forma financial information disclosures in Topic 805 when comparative financial statements are presented.  The amendments also improve the usefulness of the pro forms revenue and earnings disclosures by requiring a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments that are directly related to the business combination.  The amendment is effective for business

 
62

 

combinations for which the acquisition is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010.  We do not expect this amendment will have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In January 2010, the FASB issued an update (Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-06, Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements) impacting FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. The update provides clarification regarding existing disclosures and requires additional disclosures regarding fair value measurements.  Specifically, the guidance now requires reporting entities to disclose the amounts of significant transfers between levels and the reasons for the transfers.  In addition, the reconciliation should present separate information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements.  A reporting entity should provide disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value. The new standard is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009 except for disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements which is not effective until reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010.  Adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
In January 2011, the FASB issued an update (Accounting Standards update No. 2011-01, Receivables) which temporarily delays the effective date of the disclosures about trouble debt restructurings in Update 2010 -20 for public entities.  The delay is intended to allow the Board time to complete its deliberations on what constitutes a trouble debt restructuring.  The effective date of the new disclosures about troubled debt restructurings and the guidance for determining what constitutes a troubled debt restructuring will be coordinated to be effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2011.  We are still evaluating if the adoption of these disclosures will have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 
 
63

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The matching of maturities or repricing periods of interest rate-sensitive assets and liabilities to promote a favorable interest rate spread and mitigate exposure to fluctuations in interest rates is our primary tool for achieving our asset/liability management strategies. We regularly review our interest-rate sensitivity and adjust the sensitivity within our acceptable tolerance ranges. At December 31, 2010 interest-earning assets exceeded interest-bearing liabilities that mature or reprice within one year (interest-sensitive gap) by $208 million. Our interest-sensitive assets as a percentage of interest-sensitive liabilities within one-year increased from 96.4% at December 31, 2009 to 110.1% at December 31, 2010. Likewise, the one-year interest-sensitive gap as a percentage of total assets changed to 5.26% at December 31, 2010 from 1.97% at December 31, 2009. The change in sensitivity since December 31, 2009 was the result of the current interest rate environment and our continuing effort to effectively manage interest rate risk.
 
Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and rates. Our market risk arises primarily from interest rate risk inherent in our lending, investing and funding activities. To that end, we actively monitor and manage our interest rate risk exposure. One measure required to be performed by the OTS-regulated institutions is the test specified by OTS Thrift Bulletin No. 13A, Management of Interest Rate Risk, Investment Securities and Derivatives Activities. This test measures the impact on the net portfolio value of an immediate change in interest rates in 100 basis point increments. Net portfolio value is defined as the net present value of the estimated cash flows from assets and liabilities as a percentage of the net present value of assets. The following table is the estimated impact of immediate changes in interest rates on our net interest margin and net portfolio value at the specified levels at December 31, 2010 and 2009, calculated in compliance with Thrift Bulletin No. 13A:

At December 31,
2010 
 
2009 
Change in
 
% Change in
 
 
 
% Change in
 
 
Interest Rate
Net Interest
Net Portfolio
Net Interest
Net Portfolio
(Basis Points)
Margin (1)
Value (2)
Margin (1)
Value (2)
300 
 
 
7
%
9.35
%
 
4
%
8.88
%
200 
 
 
5
%
9.78
%
 
3
%
9.24
%
100 
 
 
3
%
9.93
%
 
1
%
9.43
%
 
 
-
%
9.94
%
 
-
%
9.39
%
-100 
 
 
-10
%
9.48
%
 
-7
%
9.16
%
-200 
(3)
 
NMF
        NMF
 
NM
F
        NMF
-300 
(3)
 
NMF
        NMF
 
NM
F
        NMF
 
(1)  
The percentage difference between net interest margin in a stable interest rate environment and net interest margin as projected under the various rate change environments.
 
(2)  
The net portfolio value ratio in a stable interest rate environment and the net portfolio value as projected under the various rate change environments.
 
(3)  
Sensitivity indicated by a decrease of 200 and 300 basis points is deemed not meaningful (NMF) given the low absolute level of interest rates at that time.

Our primary objective in managing interest rate risk is to minimize the adverse impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income and capital, while maximizing the yield/cost spread on our asset/liability structure. We rely primarily on our asset/liability structure to control interest rate risk.

We also engage in other business activities that are sensitive to changes in interest rates.  For example, mortgage banking revenues and expenses can fluctuate with changing interest rates.  These fluctuations are difficult to model and estimate.
 
During the first quarter of 2010 we executed $75.0 million of intermediate-term FHLB Advances to reduce the sensitivity of our net interest income to increases in market interest rates.

 
64

 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
WSFS Financial Corporation:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of condition of WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), WSFS Financial Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 16, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the WSFS Financial Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.
 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 16, 2011
 

 
65

 


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended December 31,
 
2010
     
2009
     
2008
   
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
                       
Interest income:
                       
Interest and fees on loans
  $ 126,347       $ 128,248       $ 140,661    
Interest on mortgage-backed securities
    35,212         28,560         23,984    
Interest and dividends on investment securities
    1,125         1,386         1,331    
Interest on investments in reverse mortgages
    (287 )       (464 )       (1,077 )  
Other interest income
    6                 1,578    
      162,403         157,730         166,477    
                               
Interest expense:
                             
Interest on deposits
    23,097         30,389         39,809    
Interest on Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    14,752         18,306         29,620    
Interest on federal funds purchased and securities
    1,514         1,531         2,397    
  sold under agreements to repurchase
Interest on trust preferred borrowings
    1,390         1,797         3,275    
Interest on other borrowings
    979         1,063         2,157    
      41,732         53,086         77,258    
Net interest income
    120,671         104,644         89,219    
Provision for loan losses
    41,883         47,811         23,024    
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    78,788         56,833         66,195    
                               
Noninterest income:
                             
Credit/debit card and ATM income
    18,947         16,522         17,229    
Deposit service charges
    16,239         16,881         16,484    
Fiduciary and investment management income
    4,761         3,540         3,438    
Loan fee income
    3,042         4,857         3,696    
Mortgage banking activities, net
    2,256         1,646         148    
Securities gains, net
    1,031         3,423         139    
Bank-owned life insurance income
    732         917         1,786    
Other income
    3,107         2,455         3,069    
      50,115         50,241         45,989    
                               
Noninterest expenses:
                             
Salaries, benefits and other compensation
    49,790         48,133         46,654    
Occupancy expense
    9,748         9,664         8,416    
FDIC expenses
    7,016         7,064         661    
Loan workout and OREO expense
    6,544         5,920         2,222    
Equipment expense
    6,422         6,803         6,174    
Professional fees
    5,460         5,892         3,159    
Data processing and operations expense
    4,588         4,743         4,216    
Marketing expense
    3,193         3,304         3,920    
Acquisition costs
    1,677                    
Other operating expenses
    14,894         16,981         13,676    
      109,332         108,504         89,098    
Income (loss) before taxes
    19,571         (1,430 )       23,086    
Income tax provision (benefit)
    5,454         (2,093 )       6,950    
Net income
    14,117         663         16,136    
Dividends on preferred stock and accretion of discount
    2,770         2,590            
Net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders
  $ 11,347       $ (1,927 )     $ 16,136    
Earnings per share:
                             
Basic
  1.48     $ (0.30 )     $ 2.62  
Diluted
  $ 1.46       $ (0.30 )     $ 2.57    
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
       
 

 
66

 


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CONDITION

Year Ended December 31,
2010 
 
2009 
 
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
$
49,932
 
$
55,756
 
Cash in non-owned ATMs
 
326,573
 
 
264,903
 
Federal funds sold
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks
 
254
 
 
1,090
 
      Total cash and cash equivalents
 
376,759
 
 
321,749
 
Investment securities held-to-maturity  (fair value: 2010=$196; 2009=$671)
 
219
 
 
709
 
Investment securities available-for-sale including reverse mortgages
 
52,232
 
 
44,808
 
Mortgage-backed securities, available-for-sale
 
700,926
 
 
669,059
 
Mortgage-backed securities, trading
 
12,432
 
 
12,183
 
Loans held-for-sale
 
14,522
 
 
8,366
 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $60,339 at December 31, 2010
 
2,561,368
 
 
2,470,789
 
      and $53,446 at December 31, 2009
Bank-owned life insurance
 
64,243
 
 
60,254
 
Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, at cost
 
37,536
 
 
39,305
 
Assets acquired through foreclosure
 
9,024
 
 
8,945
 
Premises and equipment
 
31,870
 
 
36,108
 
Goodwill
 
26,745
 
 
10,870
 
Intangible assets
 
7,307
 
 
2,781
 
Accrued interest receivable and other assets
 
58,335
 
 
62,581
 
Total assets
$
3,953,518
 
$
3,748,507
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Noninterest-bearing demand
$
468,098
 
$
431,476
 
      Interest-bearing demand
 
312,546
 
 
265,719
 
      Money market
 
743,808
 
 
550,639
 
      Savings
 
255,340
 
 
224,921
 
      Time
 
484,864
 
 
470,139
 
      Jumbo certificates of deposit
 
297,112
 
 
272,334
 
           Total customer deposits
 
2,561,768
 
 
2,215,228
 
      Brokered deposits
 
249,006
 
 
346,643
 
           Total deposits
 
2,810,774
 
 
2,561,871
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
 
100,000
 
 
100,000
 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
 
488,959
 
 
613,144
 
Trust preferred borrowings
 
67,011
 
 
67,011
 
Other borrowed funds
 
91,636
 
 
74,654
 
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities
 
27,316
 
 
30,027
 
Total liabilities
 
3,585,696
 
 
3,446,707
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ Equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Serial preferred stock $.01 par value, 7,500,000 shares authorized;
 
1
 
 
1
 
   issued 52,625 at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009
Common stock $.01 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized; issued 18,105,788
 
180
 
 
166
 
   at December 31, 2010 and 16,660,588 at December 31, 2009
Capital in excess of par value
 
216,316
 
 
166,627
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
 
6,524
 
 
(2,022
)
Retained earnings
 
393,081
 
 
385,308
 
Treasury stock at cost, 9,580,569 shares at December 31, 2010
 
(248,280
)
 
(248,280
)
   and December 31, 2009
Total stockholders’ equity
 
367,822
 
 
301,800
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
3,953,518
 
$
3,748,507
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 
67

 


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                     
Accumulated
                   
               
Capital in
   
Other
               
Total
 
   
Preferred
   
Common
   
Excess of
   
Comprehensive
   
Retained
   
Treasury
   
Stockholders’
 
   
Stock
   
Stock
   
Par Value
   
Loss
   
Earnings
   
Stock
   
Equity
 
(In Thousands)
                                         
Balance, December 31, 2007
  $     $ 157     $ 83,077     $ (3,861 )   $ 376,682     $ (244,725 )   $ 211,330  
                                                         
Comprehensive income:
                                                       
Net income
                            16,136             16,136  
Other comprehensive 
  income (1)
                      (8,752 )                 (8,752 )
Total comprehensive
  income
                                                    7,384  
Cash dividend, $0.46
  per share
                            (2,832 )           (2,832 )
Issuance of common
                2,391                         2,391  
  stock, including
  proceeds from
  exercise of
  common stock  
  options
Treasury stock at
  cost, 73,500 shares
                                  (3,555 )     (3,555 )
Issuance of restricted 
  stock
                202                         202  
Reclassification
  adjustment of
  negative minority
  interest
                            352             352  
Tax benefit from 
  exercises of 
                1,363                         1,363  
  common stock 
  options
Balance, December 31,
  2008
  $     $ 157     $ 87,033     $ (12,613 )   $ 390,338     $ (248,280 )   $ 216,635  
                                                         
Comprehensive income:
                                                       
Net income
                            663             663  
Other comprehensive
  income (1)
                      10,591                   10,591  
Total comprehensive
  income
                                                    11,254  
Cash dividend, $0.48
  per share
                            (3,078 )           (3,078 )
Issuance of common
          9       25,109                         25,118  
  stock, including                                                         
  proceeds from                                                        
  exercise of
  common stock
  options
Issuance of restricted
  stock
                174                         174  
Reclassification
  adjustment of
  negative minority
  interest
                            (352 )           (352 )
Tax benefit from
  exercises of
                80                         80  
  common stock
  options
Preferred stock cash
  dividends
                            (2,136 )           (2,136 )
Preferred stock discount
  accretion
                127             (127 )            
Preferred stock and
  common stock
  warrants issued
    1             54,104                         54,105  
Balance, December 31,
  2009
  $ 1     $ 166     $ 166,627     $ (2,022 )   $ 385,308     $ (248,280 )   $ 301,800  
                                                         
Comprehensive income:
                                                       
Net income
                            14,117             14,117  
Other comprehensive income (1)
                      8,546                   8,546  
Total comprehensive income
                                                    22,663  
Cash dividend, $0.48
  per share
                            (3,575 )           (3,575 )
Issuance of common
  stock, including
          14       49,018                         49,032  
  proceeds from                                                          
  exercise of                                                         
  common stock
  options
Issuance of restricted
  stock
                192                         192  
Tax benefit from
  exercises of
                341                         341  
  common stock
  options
Preferred stock cash
  dividends
                            (2,631 )           (2,631 )
Preferred stock
  discount accretion
                138             (138 )            
Balance, December 31,
  2010
  $ 1     $ 180     $ 216,316     $ 6,524     $ 393,081     $ (248,280 )   $ 367,822  

 
68

 


(1) Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):
 
2010 
 
2009 
 
2008 
 
Net unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale arising during the
 
$
9,344
 
$
11,845
 
$
 (8,752
)
   period, net of taxes (2010 - $5,727; 2009 - $6,491; 2008 - $(5,364));
Actuarial loss reclassified to periodic cost, net of income taxes (2010 - (295));
 
 
(54
)
 
 
 
 
Transition obligation reclassified to periodic cost, net of income taxes (2010 - $23);
 
 
38
 
 
 
 
 
Reclassification for gains included in income,
 
 
(782
)
 
(1,254
)
 
 
   net of income taxes (2010 - $(479); 2009 - $(768));
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
 
$
8,546
 
$
10,591
 
$
 (8,752
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
69

 


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Year Ended December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
Operating activities:
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
Net income
  $ 14,117     $ 663     $ 16,136  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Provision for loan losses
    41,883       47,811       23,024  
Depreciation, accretion and amortization
    6,664       6,953       6,218  
Decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable and other assets
    1,772       (31,217 )     (94 )
Origination of loans held-for-sale
    (166,029 )     (115,196 )     (31,358 )
Proceeds from sales of loans held-for-sale
    161,965       110,731       31,648  
Gain on mortgage banking activity, net
    (2,257 )     (1,646 )     (148 )
(Income) loss on mark to market adjustment on trading securities
    (249 )     (1,368 )     1,616  
Securities gain from the sale of MasterCard, Inc and Visa, Inc common stock
    -       (119 )     (1,755 )
Net gain on sale of investments
    (782 )     (2,022 )     -  
Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax benefit recognized
    796       874       730  
Excess tax benefits from share based payment arrangements
    (341 )     (80 )     (1,363 )
Increase in accrued interest payable and other liabilities
    1,112       3,188       1,693  
Loss on wind down of 1st Reverse
    -       1,857       -  
Loss on sale of assets acquired through foreclosure and valuation adjustments, net
    3,766       1,905       816  
Increase in value of bank owned life insurance
    (732 )     (917 )     (1,786 )
Decrease in capitalized interest (net)
    287       464       1,009  
Net cash provided by operating activities
    61,972       21,881       46,386  
 
                       
Investing activities:
                       
Maturities and calls of investment securities
    12,380       22,591       14,440  
Purchases of investment securities available for sale
    (19,601 )     (19,070 )     (37,298 )
Sales of mortgage-backed securities available for sale
    154,644       111,214       -  
Repayments of mortgage-backed securities available for sale
    204,414       151,571       77,856  
Purchases of mortgage-backed securities available for sale
    (373,574 )     (424,813 )     (95,195 )
Repayments on reverse mortgages
    62       207       1,248  
Disbursements for reverse mortgages
    (193 )     (202 )     (227 )
Purchase of 1st Reverse Financial Services, LLC
    -       -       (2,442 )
Acquisition of branches
    -       -       (11,505 )
Sales of loans
    3,775       22,270       -  
Purchase of Christiana Bank and Trust, net cash received
    40,332       -       -  
Purchase of loans
    -       -       (3,190 )
Net increase in loans
    (43,062 )     (109,261 )     (236,674 )
Net decrease in stock of Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh
    1,965       -       6,232  
Sale of assets acquired through foreclosure, net
    8,887       3,274       1,674  
Proceeds from the sale of MasterCard, Inc and Visa Inc common stock
    -       119       1,755  
Investment in premises and equipment, net
    (5,732 )     (6,776 )     (4,989 )
Net cash used for investing activities
    (15,703 )     (248,876 )     (288,315 )
(continued on next page)
 

 
70

 


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (continued)

Year Ended December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
Financing Activities:
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
Net increase in demand and savings deposits
  $ 169,381     $ 347,401     $ 112,850  
Net increase (decrease) in time deposits
    20,336       (7,255     134,061  
Net (decrease) increase in brokered deposits
    (99,689 )     34,381       61,523  
Proceeds from federal funds purchased and securities sold
   under agreement to repurchase
    18,470,000       18,922,995       12,853,000  
Repayments of federal funds purchased and securities sold
   under agreement to repurchase
    (18,470,000 )     (18,897,995 )     (12,853,000 )
Proceeds of FHLB advances
    25,128,164       30,481,564       82,778,987  
Repayments of FHLB advances
    (25,252,349 )     (30,684,378 )     (82,861,310 )
Proceeds from issuance of unsecured bank debt
    -       30,000       -  
Dividends paid
    (6,206 )     (5,214 )     (2,832 )
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
    -       52,625       -  
Issuance of common stock and exercise of common stock options
    48,763       25,982       1,863  
Excess tax benefit from share based payment arrangements
    341       80       1,363  
Purchase of treasury stock, net of re-issuance
    -       -       (3,555 )
Net cash provided by financing activities
    8,741       300,186       222,950  
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    55,010       73,191       (18,979 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    321,749       248,558       267,537  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 376,759     $ 321,749     $ 248,558  
 
                       
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
                       
Cash paid in interest during the year
  $ 42,655     $ 55,640     $ 80,654  
Cash paid for income taxes, net
    10,520       2,593       10,521  
Loans transferred to assets acquired through foreclosure
    12,732       9,143       6,186  
Net change in accumulated other comprehensive income
    8,546       10,591       (8,752 )
Fair value of assets acquired, net of cash received
    121,735       -       -  
Fair value of liabilities assumed
    177,942       -       -  
Settlement of pending sale of premises and equipment      6,515       -       -  
 
                       
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements
         

 
71

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 1.           SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

WSFS Financial Corporation (“the Company,” “our Company,” “WSFS”, “we,” “our” or “us”) is a savings and loan holding company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware. Our principal wholly-owned subsidiary, Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB (“WSFS Bank” or the “Bank”), is a federal savings bank organized under the laws of the United States which, at December 31, 2010, serves customers from our 42 banking offices located in Delaware (35), Pennsylvania (5), Virginia (1), and Nevada (1).

In preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. The material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant changes in the near term relate to the allowance for loan losses for impaired loans and the remainder of the loan portfolios, investment in reverse mortgages, goodwill and income taxes.

Although our estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect them to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that, in 2011, actual conditions could be worse than anticipated in those estimates, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition. Amounts subject to significant estimates are items such as the allowance for loan losses and lending related commitments, goodwill and intangible assets, post-retirement obligations, the fair value of financial instruments and other-than-temporary impairments. Among other effects, such changes could result in future impairments of investment securities, goodwill and intangible assets and establishment of allowances for loan losses and lending related commitments as well as increased post-retirement expense.

Basis of Presentation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the parent company, WSFS Bank and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, including WSFS Investment Group, Inc. (“WIG”) and Monarch Entity Services LLC (“Monarch”), Montchanin Capital Management, Inc. (“Montchanin”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Cypress Capital Management, LLC (“Cypress”). WIG markets various third-party insurance and securities products to Bank customers through the Bank’s retail banking system. Monarch provides commercial domicile services which include employees, directors, subleases and registered agent services in Delaware and Nevada.  During 2009, WSFS Bank also owned a majority interest in 1st Reverse Financial Services, LLC (“1st Reverse”), specializing in reverse mortgage lending, however, operations were wound-down during the 4th quarter of 2009. Montchanin was formed to provide asset management products and services.

WSFS Capital Trust III (“the Trust”) is our unconsolidated subsidiary, and was formed in 2005 to issue $67.0 million aggregate principal amount of Pooled Floating Rate Capital Securities. The proceeds from this issue were used to fund the redemption of $51.5 million of Floating Rate WSFS Capital Trust I Preferred Securities (formerly, WSFS Capital Trust I). The Trust invested all of the proceeds from the sale of the Pooled Floating Rate Capital Securities in our Junior Subordinated Debentures.

Whenever necessary, reclassifications have been made to the prior years’ Consolidated Financial Statements to conform to the current year’s presentation. All significant intercompany transactions were eliminated in consolidation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash, cash in non-owned ATMs, cash due from banks, federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell.



 
72

 

Debt and Equity Securities

Investments in equity securities that have a readily determinable fair value and investments in debt securities are classified into three categories and accounted for as follows:

     o  
Debt securities with the positive intention to hold to maturity are classified as “held-to-maturity” and reported at amortized cost.
     o  
Debt and equity securities purchased with the intention of selling them in the near future are classified as “trading securities” and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings.
     o  
Debt and equity securities not classified in either of the above are classified as “available-for-sale securities” and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported, net of tax, as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.

Debt and equity securities include mortgage-backed securities, municipal bonds, U.S. Government and agency securities and certain equity securities. Premiums and discounts on debt and equity securities, held-to-maturity and available-for-sale, are recognized in interest income using a level yield method over the period to expected maturity. The fair value of debt and equity securities is primarily obtained from third-party pricing services. Implicit in the valuation are estimated prepayments based on historical and current market conditions.

When we conclude an investment security is other-than-temporarily impaired (“OTTI”), a loss for the difference between the investment security’s carrying value and its fair value is recognized as a reduction to non-interest income in the consolidated statement of operations. For an investment in a debt security, if we do not intend to sell the investment security and conclude that it is not more likely than not we will be required to sell the security before recovering the carrying value, which may be maturity, the OTTI charge is separated into “credit” and “other” components. The “other” component of the OTTI is included in other comprehensive income/loss, net of the tax effect, and the “credit” component of the OTTI is included as a reduction to non-interest income in the consolidated statement of operations. We are required to use our judgment to determine impairment in certain circumstances. The specific identification method is used to determine realized gains and losses on sales of investment and mortgage-backed securities. All sales are made without recourse.

Investment in Reverse Mortgages

We account for our investment in reverse mortgages in accordance with the instructions provided by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) entitled “Accounting for Pools of Uninsured Residential Reverse Mortgage Contracts,” which requires grouping the individual reverse mortgages into “pools” and recognizing income based on the estimated effective yield of the pool. In computing the effective yield, we must project the cash inflows and outflows of the pool including actuarial projections of the life expectancy of the individual contract holder and changes in the collateral value of the residence. At each reporting date, a new economic forecast is made of the cash inflows and outflows of each pool of reverse mortgages.  The effective yield of each pool is recomputed and income is adjusted to reflect the revised rate of return. Because of this highly specialized accounting, the recorded value of reverse mortgage assets can result in significant volatility associated with estimations. As a result, income recognition can vary significantly from reporting period to reporting period. During 2010, we recorded a $287,000 charge, recognized in interest income, related to our second-lien interest in the remaining 16 whole-loan reverse mortgages.

During 2010, we recorded income of $249,000 related to the mark-to-market adjustment on a $12.4 million par value BBB+ rated mortgage-backed security (MBS) issued in connection with a 2002 reverse mortgage securitization.
 
 
73

 

Loans

Loans are stated net of deferred fees, deferred costs and unearned discounts.  Interest income on loans is recognized using the level yield method.  Loan origination fees, commitment fees and direct loan origination costs are deferred and recognized over the life of the related loans using a level yield method over the period to maturity.

A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future discounted cash flows, the market price of the loan or the fair value of the underlying collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. In addition, all loans restructured in a troubled debt restructuring are considered to be impaired.  Impaired loans include loans within our commercial, commercial mortgage, commercial construction, residential mortgages and consumer portfolios. Our policy for recognition of interest income on impaired loans is the same as for nonaccrual loans discussed below.

Past Due and Nonaccrual Loans

A loan is considered to be past due on the day after a principal or interest payment is due. Nonaccrual loans are those on which the accrual of interest has ceased. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status immediately if, in our opinion, collection is doubtful, or when principal or interest is contractually past due 90 days or more. Interest accrued but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is reversed and charged against interest income. In addition, the amortization of net deferred loan fees is suspended when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Subsequent cash receipts are applied either to the outstanding principal or recorded as interest income, depending on our assessment of the ultimate collectability of the loan. Loans are returned to an accrual status when the borrower’s ability to make periodic principal and interest payments has returned to normal (i.e. consistent repayment record, generally six consecutive payments, has been demonstrated) and the paying capacity of the borrower or the underlying collateral is deemed sufficient to cover principal and interest in accordance with our previously established loan-to-value policies.

Allowances for Loan Losses

We maintain allowances for loan losses and charge losses to these allowances when such losses are realized. The determination of the allowance for loan losses requires significant judgment reflecting our best estimate of impairment related to specifically identified loans as well as probable loan losses in the remaining loan portfolio. Our evaluation is based upon a continuing review of these portfolios.

We have established the loan loss allowance in accordance with guidance provided by the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin 102 (SAB 102). Its methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance consists of several key elements which include: specific allowances for identified problem loans, formula allowances for commercial and commercial real estate loans, and allowances for pooled, homogenous loans.  Impairment of troubled debt restructurings are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s effective rate at inception or the fair value of the underlying collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  Troubled debt restructures consist of concessions granted to borrowers facing financial difficulty.

Specific reserves are established for certain loans in cases where we have identified significant conditions or circumstances that we believe indicate the probability that the loan is impaired.

For additional detail regarding the provision for loan losses, see Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.



 
74

 

Assets Held-for-Sale

Assets held-for-sale includes loans held-for-sale and are carried at the lower of cost or fair value in the aggregate or, in some cases, individual assets.

Assets Acquired Through Foreclosure

Assets acquired through foreclosure are recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loans or their fair value less estimated disposal costs. Costs subsequently incurred to improve the assets are included in the carrying value provided that the resultant carrying value does not exceed fair value less estimated disposal costs. Costs relating to holding the assets are charged to expense in the current period. We write-down the value of the assets when declines in fair value below the carrying value are identified. Net costs of assets acquired through foreclosure include costs of holding and operating the assets, net gains or losses on sales of the assets and provisions for losses to reduce such assets to fair value less estimated disposal costs. During 2010, we recorded $3.8 million in additional charges (including write-downs and net losses on sales of assets) related to assets acquired through foreclosure (REO).  These charges were $1.9 million and $816,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Costs of major replacements, improvements and additions are capitalized. Depreciation expense is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets or, for leasehold improvements, over the effective life of the related lease if less than the estimated useful life. In general, computer equipment, furniture and equipment and building renovations are depreciated over three, five and ten years, respectively.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
Intangible assets resulting from acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting consist of goodwill and other intangible assets.  Goodwill is not amortized and is subject to at least annual assessments for impairment by applying a fair value based test. We review goodwill annually and again at any quarter-end if a material event occurs during the quarter that may affect goodwill. This review evaluates potential impairment by determining if our fair value has fallen below carrying value.
 
Other intangible assets consist mainly of core deposits and covenants not to compete obtained through acquisitions and are amortized over their estimated lives using the present value of the benefit of the core deposits and straight-line methods of amortization. Core deposit intangibles are evaluated for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.
 
Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

We enter into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as financings, with the obligation to repurchase securities sold reflected as a liability in the Consolidated Statement of Condition. The securities underlying the agreements are assets. Generally, federal funds are purchased for periods ranging up to 90 days.

Loss Contingency for Standby Letters of Credit

We maintain a loss contingency for standby letters of credit and charge losses to this contingency when such losses are realized. The determination of the loss contingency for standby letters of credit requires significant judgment reflecting management’s best estimate of probable losses related to standby letters of credit.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes includes federal, state and local income taxes currently payable and those deferred because of temporary differences between the financial statement basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities.

We account for income taxes in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board  (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740, Income Taxes (formerly Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes and FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement 109). ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Benefits from tax positions are recognized in the financial statements only when it is more-likely-than-not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that

 
75

 

meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. ASC 740 also provides guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of unrecognized tax benefits, interest and penalties.

Earnings Per Share

The following table shows the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

 
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
 
 
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
 
Numerator:
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
Net income (loss) allocable to common shareholders
  $ 11,347     $ (1,927 )   $ 16,136  
 
                       
Denominator:
                       
Denominator for basic earnings per share - weighted average shares
    7,655       6,429       6,158  
Effect of dilutive employee stock options
    131       -       132  
Denominator for diluted earnings per share - adjusted weighted
                       
    average shares and assumed exercise
    7,786       6,429       6,290  
 
                       
Earnings per share:
                       
Basic:
                       
Net income (loss) income allocable to common shareholders
  $ 1.48     $ (0.30 )   $ 2.62  
 
                       
Diluted:
                       
Net income (loss) income allocable to common shareholders
  $ 1.46     $ (0.30 )   $ 2.57  
 
                       
Outstanding common stock equivalents having no dilutive effect
    602       939       371  
 
                       

For the year ended December 31, 2009, 939,000 employee stock options were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per common share, of which 59,000 were because the effect would have been antidilutive due to the net loss reported in this period.
 
 
76

 

2. INVESTMENT SECURITIES

The following table details the amortized cost and the estimated fair value of the Company’s investment securities available-for-sale (which includes reverse mortgages) and securities held-to-maturity:

 
       
Gross
   
Gross
       
   
Amortized
   
Unrealized
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
 
   
Cost
   
Gains
   
Losses
   
Value
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
Available-for-sale securities:
                       
                         
December 31, 2010:
                       
Reverse mortgages
  $ (686 )   $     $     $ (686 )
U.S. Government and government
                               
   sponsored enterprises ("GSE")
    49,691       441       (129 )     50,003  
State and political subdivisions
    2,879       38       (2 )     2,915  
    $ 51,884     $ 479     $ (131 )   $ 52,232  
                                 
December 31, 2009:
                               
Reverse mortgages
  $ (530 )   $     $     $ (530 )
U.S. Government and GSE
    40,695       652       (35 )     41,312  
State and political subdivisions
    3,935       91             4,026  
    $ 44,100     $ 743     $ (35 )   $ 44,808  
                                 
Held-to-maturity:
                               
                                 
December 31, 2010
                               
State and political subdivisions
  $ 219     $     $ (23 )   $ 196  
    $ 219     $     $ (23 )   $ 196  
                                 
December 31, 2009
                               
State and political subdivisions
  $ 709     $     $ (38 )   $ 671  
    $ 709     $     $ (38 )   $ 671  

Securities with book values aggregating $46.9 million at December 31, 2010 were specifically pledged as collateral for our Treasury Tax and Loan account with the Federal Reserve Bank, securities sold under agreement to repurchase, certain letters of credit and municipal deposits which require collateral.

 
77

 


The scheduled maturities of investment securities held-to-maturity and securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

 
 
Held-to-Maturity
   
Available-for Sale
 
 
 
Amortized
   
Fair
   
Amortized
   
Fair
 
 
 
Cost
   
Value
   
Cost
   
Value
 
 
 
(In Thousands)
 
2010
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Within one year (1)
  $     $     $ 10,549       10,617  
After one year but within five years
                41,006       41,286  
After five years but within ten years
                       
After ten years
    219       196       329       329  
 
  $ 219     $ 196     $ 51,884     $ 52,232  
2009
                               
Within one year (1)
  $ 340     $ 340     $ 10,864     $ 11,068  
After one year but within five years
                32,986       33,485  
After five years but within ten years
                250       255  
After ten years
    369       331              
 
  $ 709     $ 671     $ 44,100     $ 44,808  
 
(1) Reverse mortgages do not have contractual maturities. We have included reverse mortgages in maturities within one year.

There were no sales of investment securities classified as available-for-sale during 2010, 2009, or 2008 and as a result, there were no net gains/losses realized. Investment securities totaling $720,000 and $18.6 million were called by their issuers during 2010 and 2009, respectively.

At December 31, 2010, we owned investment securities totaling $13.6 million in which the amortized cost basis exceeded fair value. Total unrealized losses on those securities were $154,000 at December 31, 2010. This temporary impairment is the result of changes in market interest rates subsequent to the purchase of the securities. Securities with a fair value of $102,000 have been impaired for 12 months or longer. We have determined that these securities are not other than temporarily impaired. The investment portfolio is reviewed on a quarterly basis for indications of impairment.  This review includes analyzing the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been lower than the cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, including any specific events which may influence the operations of the issuer and the intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in the market.  We evaluate our intent and ability to hold debt securities based upon our investment strategy for the particular type of security and our cash flow needs, liquidity position, capital adequacy and interest rate risk position.  We do not have the intent to sell, nor is it more likely-than not we will be required to sell these securities before we are able to recover the amortized cost basis.


 
78

 

    The table below shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of our investment portfolio by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2010.

 
 
Less than 12 months
 
12 months or longer
 
Total
 
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
 
Value
 
Loss
 
Value
 
Loss
 
Value
 
Loss
 
 
(In Thousands)
Held-to-maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
State and political subdivisions
 
$
 
$
 
$
102
 
$
23
 
$
102
 
$
23
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
State and political subdivisions
 
 
502
 
 
2
 
 
 
 
 
 
502
 
 
2
U.S Government and agencies
 
 
12,994
 
 
129
 
 
 
 
 
 
12,994
 
 
129
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total temporarily impaired investments
 
$
13,496
 
$
131
 
$
102
 
$
23
 
$
13,598
 
$
154

The table below shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of our investment portfolio by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2009:

 
 
Less than 12 months
 
12 months or longer
 
Total
 
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
 
Value
 
Loss
 
Value
 
Loss
 
Value
 
Loss
 
 
(In Thousands)
Held-to-maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
State and political subdivisions
 
$
 
$
 
$
242
 
$
38
 
$
242
 
$
38
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
State and political subdivisions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S Government and agencies
 
 
2,985
 
 
35
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,985
 
 
35
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total temporarily impaired
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
investments
 
$
2,985
 
$
35
 
$
242
 
$
38
 
$
3,227
 
$
73

3. MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES

The following table details the amortized cost and the estimated fair value of our mortgage-backed securities:

 
 
 
   
Gross
   
Gross
   
 
 
 
 
Amortized
   
Unrealized
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
 
   
Cost
   
Gains
   
Losses
   
Value
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
Available-for-sale securities:
                       
December 31, 2010:
                       
Collateralized mortgage obligations  ("CMO") (1)
  $ 490,946     $ 9,687     $ (599 )   $ 500,034  
Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA")
    89,226       1,253       (431 )     90,048  
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC")
    43,970       743       (273 )     44,440  
Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA")
    65,849       1,229       (674 )     66,404  
    $ 689,991     $ 12,912     $ (1,977 )   $ 700,926  
                                 
 
 
 
79

 
 

 
 
 
   
Gross
   
Gross
   
 
 
 
 
Amortized
   
Unrealized
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
 
   
Cost
   
Gains
   
Losses
   
Value
 
   
(In Thousands)
 
December 31, 2009:
                               
CMO's (1)
  $ 519,527     $ 5,368     $ (10,383 )   $ 514,512  
FNMA
    61,603       813       (454 )     61,962  
FHLMC
    44,536       561       (83 )     45,014  
GNMA
    46,629       1,129       (187 )     47,571  
    $ 672,295     $ 7,871     $ (11,107 )   $ 669,059  
(1) Includes Agency CMOs classified as available-for-sale
                               
 
Trading securities:
                       
                         
December 31, 2010:
                       
CMO
  $ 12,432     $     $     $ 12,432  
                                 
December 31, 2009:
                               
CMO
  $ 12,183     $     $     $ 12,183  
                                 

The portfolio of available-for-sale mortgage-backed securities includes 186 securities with an amortized cost of $690.0 million comprised of $315.4 million of GSE and $374.6 million of non-GSE securities.  All securities, other than the BBB+ trading securities, were AAA-rated at the time of purchase; with only two securities, with an amortized cost of $3.3 million, rated below AAA at December 31, 2010.  All downgraded securities were evaluated at December 31, 2010.  The result of this evaluation concluded that there was no other-than-temporary impairment as of December 31, 2010.  An evaluation of downgraded securities at December 31, 2009 showed one security had an other-than-temporary impairment which resulted in an earnings charge of $86,000.  The weighted average duration of the mortgage-backed securities was 2.1 years at December 31, 2010.  Mortgage-backed securities have expected maturities that differ from their contractual maturities.  These differences arise because borrowers usually have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without a prepayment penalty.

At December 31, 2010, mortgage-backed securities with fair values aggregating $346.4 million were pledged as collateral, mainly for retail customer repurchase agreements and municipal deposits. From time to time, mortgage-backed securities are also pledged as collateral for FHLB borrowings and other obligations.  The fair value of these FHLB pledged mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2010 was $66.5 million.

During 2010, we sold $154.7 million of mortgage-backed securities categorized as available-for-sale for net gains of $782,000.  This was the result of our portfolio management strategy designed to monetize  gains in mortgage-backed securities where prepayments were expected to accelerate and to decrease the level of downgraded private label mortgage-backed securities.  In 2009, proceeds from the sale of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale were $111.2 million and resulted in net gains of $2.0 million.  The cost basis of all mortgage-backed securities sales are based on the specific identification method.
 
At December 31, 2010, we owned mortgage-backed securities totaling $143.9 million where the amortized cost basis exceeded fair value. Total unrealized losses on these securities were $2.0 million at December 31, 2010. This temporary impairment was the result of changes in market interest rates, a lack of liquidity in the mortgage-backed securities market and the reduction in credit in the non-GSE mortgage-backed security portfolio.  Most of these securities have been impaired for less than twelve months. We have determined that these securities were not other-than-temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2010. Quarterly, we evaluate the current characteristics of each of our mortgage-backed securities, such as delinquency and foreclosure levels, credit enhancement, projected losses and coverage.  We do not have the intent to sell, nor is it more likely-than-not we will be required to sell these securities before we are able to recover the amortized cost basis.
 

 
80

 

The table below shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of our MBS by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2010.

 
 
Less than 12 months
 
12 months or longer
 
Total
 
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
 
Value
 
Loss
 
Value
 
Loss
 
Value
 
Loss
 
 
(In Thousands)
Available-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CMO
 
$
58,821 
 
$
534 
 
$
1,171
 
$
65
 
$
59,992 
 
$
599 
FNMA
 
 
45,129 
 
 
431 
 
 
 —
 
 
 —
 
 
45,129 
 
 
431 
FHLMC
 
 
14,981 
 
 
273 
 
 
 —
 
 
 —
 
 
14,981 
 
 
273 
GNMA
 
 
23,831 
 
 
674 
 
 
 —
 
 
 —
 
 
23,831 
 
 
674 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total temporarily impaired MBS
 
$
142,762 
 
$
1,912 
 
$
1,171
 
$
65
 
$
143,933 
 
$
1,977 

The table below shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of our MBS by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2009:

 
 
Less than 12 months
 
12 months or longer
 
Total
 
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
 
Value
 
Loss
 
Value
 
Loss
 
Value
 
Loss
 
 
(In Thousands)
Available-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CMO
 
$
115,088 
 
$
2,701 
 
$
108,839 
 
$
7,682 
 
$
223,927 
 
$
10,383 
FNMA
 
 
29,360 
 
 
454 
 
 
 —
 
 
 —
 
 
29,360 
 
 
454 
FHLMC
 
 
25,434 
 
 
83 
 
 
 —
 
 
 —
 
 
25,434 
 
 
83 
GNMA
 
 
19,953 
 
 
187 
 
 
 —
 
 
 —
 
 
19,953 
 
 
187 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total temporarily impaired MBS
 
$
189,835 
 
$
3,425 
 
$
108,839 
 
$
7,682 
 
$
298,674 
 
$
11,107 

At December 31, 2009, we owned one $2.6 million mortgage-backed security where the amortized cost exceeded fair value and we recognized other-than-temporary impairment. The total loss on this bond was $187,000 at December 31, 2009. Of this loss, $86,000 was related to credit impairment and $101,000 was related to market interest rates and lack of liquidity in the market for mortgage-backed securities. As a result, we recorded a charge to earnings of $86,000 for other-than-temporary impairment during 2009.  There was no other-than-temporary impairment recognized in 2010.

We own $12.4 million par value of SASCO RM-1 2002 securities which are classified as trading, of which, $1.4 million is accrued interest paid in kind.  We expect to recover all principal and interest due to seasoning and excess collateral.  Based on FASB ASC 320, Investments – Debt and Equity Securities (“ASC 320”) (Formerly SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities) when these securities were acquired they were classified as trading because it was our intent to sell them in the near term.  We estimated the value of these securities as of December 31, 2010 based on the pricing of BBB+ securities that have an active market through a technique which estimates the fair value of this asset using the income approach.  We have used the guidance under ASC 320 to provide a reasonable estimate of fair value in 2009.




 
81

 

4. REVERSE MORTGAGES AND RELATED ASSETS

We hold an investment in reverse mortgages of $(686,000) at December 31, 2010 representing a participation in 16 reverse mortgages with a third party. These loans were originated in the early 1990s.

These reverse mortgage loans are contracts that require the lender to make monthly advances throughout each borrower’s life or until each borrower relocates, prepays or the home is sold, at which time the loan becomes due and payable. Reverse mortgages are nonrecourse obligations, which means that the loan repayments are generally limited to the net sale proceeds of the borrower’s residence.

We account for our investment in reverse mortgages by estimating the value of the future cash flows on the reverse mortgages at a rate deemed appropriate for these mortgages, based on the market rate for similar collateral. Actual cash flows from these mortgage loans can result in significant volatility in the recorded value of reverse mortgage assets. As a result, income varies significantly from reporting period to reporting period. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we recorded a negative $287,000 in interest income on reverse mortgages as compared to a negative of $464,000 in 2009 and a negative of $1.1 million in 2008.  The results for all three years was primarily due to the decrease in the values of the properties securing these mortgages, based on annual re-evaluation and consistent with the decrease in home values over the past three years.

The projected cash flows depend on assumptions about life expectancy of the mortgagees and the future changes in collateral values. Projecting the changes in collateral values is the most significant factor impacting the volatility of reverse mortgage values. The current assumptions include a short-term annual depreciation rate of zero in the first year, and a long-term annual appreciation rate of 0.5% in future years. If the long-term appreciation rate was increased to 1.5%, the resulting impact would have resulted in income of $1,000. Conversely, if the long-term appreciation rate was decreased to -0.5%, the resulting impact would have been a loss of $1,000.  If housing values do not change (0.0% annual appreciation for all future years), the resulting impact would be a loss of less than $1,000.

We hold $12.4 million fair value in BBB+ rated mortgage-backed securities classified as trading.  We also have options to acquire up to 49.9% of Class “O” Certificates issued in connection with securities consisting of a portfolio of reverse mortgages we previously owned. The Class “O” Certificates are currently recorded on our financial statements at a zero value. At the time of the securitization, the third party securitizer (Lehman Brothers) retained 100% of the Class “O” Certificates from the securitization. These Class “O” Certificates have no priority over other classes of Certificates under the Trust and no distributions will be made on the Class “O” Certificates until, among other conditions, the principal amount of each other class of notes has been reduced to zero. The underlying assets, the reverse mortgages, are long-term assets. Hence, any cash flow that might inure to the holder of the Class “O” Certificates is not expected to occur until 2014 or later. Additionally, we have had the ability to exercise our option on 49.9% of the Class “O” Certificates in up to five separate increments for an aggregate purchase price of $1.0 million any time between January 1, 2004 and the termination of the Securitization Trust. The option to purchase the Class “O” Certificates does not meet the definition of a derivative under ASU 815, Derivatives and Hedging (formerly SFAS No. 161, Disclosure about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities – an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133). This certificate is an equity security with no readily determinable fair value; as such, it is excluded from the accounting treatment promulgated under ASU 320, Investments—Debt and Equity Securities (formerly SFAS 115) As a result, the option is carried at cost (which is zero). In 2008 Lehman Brothers Holdings filed for bankruptcy.  During 2009 we filed a “Proof of Claim” against Lehman Brothers Holding, Inc. regarding the option on the Class “O” Certificates.  Also during 2009 we notified Lehman Brothers Holding, Inc. that we were exercising our option on these securities.  While the status of this exercise is still pending, during 2010 we entered into negotiations with the bankruptcy estate to fully resolve this claim.




 
82

 

5. LOANS

The following table details our loan portfolio by category:

December 31,
2010 
 
2009 
(In Thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial loans
$
1,239,103 
 
$
1,120,807 
Real estate mortgage loans:
 
 
 
 
 
Residential (1-4 family)
 
308,857 
 
 
348,873 
Other
 
625,379 
 
 
524,380 
Real estate construction loans
 
140,832 
 
 
231,625 
Consumer loans
 
309,722 
 
 
300,648 
 
 
2,623,893 
 
 
2,526,333 
Less:
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred fees, net
 
2,186 
 
 
2,098 
Allowance for loan losses
 
60,339 
 
 
53,446 
Net loans
$
2,561,368 
 
$
2,470,789 

Nonaccruing loans aggregated $76.8 million, $65.9 million and $28.4 million at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  If interest on all such loans had been recorded in accordance with contractual terms, net interest income would have increased by $2.3 million in 2010, $2.6 million in 2009, and $2.0 million in 2008.

The total amount of loans serviced for others were $358.8 million, $394.6 million and $417.7 million at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively all of which were residential first mortgage loans. We received fees from the servicing of loans of $508,000, $570,000 and $650,000 during 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

We record mortgage-servicing rights on our mortgage loan-servicing portfolio. Mortgage servicing rights represent the present value of the future net servicing fees from servicing mortgage loans we acquire or originate. The value of these servicing rights was $286,000 and $349,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in loans in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Condition. Changes in the valuation of these servicing rights resulted in net expense of $63,000 during 2010 and net revenue of $20,000 in 2009.  Revenues from originating, marketing and servicing mortgage loans as well as valuation adjustments related to capitalized mortgage servicing rights are included in mortgage banking activities, net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Accrued interest receivable on loans outstanding was $8.4 million and $7.6 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Included in net loans as of December 31, 2010 were $106.2 million of loans acquired from CB&T.  These loans were originally recorded at fair value with no carryover of any allowance for loan losses that CB&T had recorded on these loans.
 

 
83

 

A summary of changes in the allowance for loan losses follows:

Year Ended December 31,
 
2010 
 
2009 
 
2008 
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
$
 53,446
$
 31,189
$
 25,252
 
Provision for loan losses
 
 41,883
 
 47,811
 
 23,024
 
Loans charged-off (1)
 
(37,566
)
(26,566
)
(17,839
)
Recoveries (2)
 
 2,576
 
 1,012
 
 752
 
Ending balance
$
 60,339
$
 53,446
$
 31,189
 

(1)
2010, 2009 and 2008 includes $1.0 million, $1.2 million and $1.3 million of overdraft charge-offs, respectively.
(2)
2010, 2009 and 2008 includes $375,000, $380,000 and $384,000 of overdraft recoveries, respectively.

During 2010, net charge-offs increased to $35.0 million, or 1.39%, of average loans annualized, from $25.6 million, or 1.01%, of average loans in 2009.  We charge loans off when they are deemed to be uncollectable.

6. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES AND CREDIT QUALITY INFORMATION

Allowance for Loan Losses

We maintain allowances for loan losses and charge losses to these allowances when such losses are realized. The determination of the allowance for loan losses requires significant judgment reflecting our best estimate of impairment related to specifically identified loans as well as probable loan losses in the remaining loan portfolio. Our evaluation is based upon a continuing review of these portfolios.

Specific reserves are established when appropriate for certain loans in cases where we have identified significant conditions or circumstances related to a specific credit that we believe indicate the loan is impaired.

The formula allowances for commercial loans are calculated by applying estimated loss factors to outstanding loans based on the internal risk grade of loans. For low risk commercial and commercial real estate loans the portfolio is pooled, based on internal risk grade, and, as a starting point, estimates are based on a ten-year net charge-off history. Higher risk and criticized loans have loss factors that are derived from an analysis of both the probability of default and the probability of loss should default occur. Loss adjustment factors are then applied to the historical data based on criteria discussed below. As a result, changes in risk grades of both performing and nonperforming loans affect the amount of the formula allowance.

Pooled loans are usually smaller, not-individually-graded and homogenous in nature, such as consumer installment loans and residential mortgages. Loan loss allowances for pooled loans are first based on a ten-year net charge-off history. The average loss allowance per homogenous pool is based on the product of the average annual historical loss rate and the homogeneous pool balances. These separate risk pools are then assigned a reserve for losses based upon this historical loss information and loss adjustment factors.

Adjustments to historical losses are based upon our evaluation of various current conditions including those listed below:
     ·  
General economic and business conditions affecting our key lending areas
     ·  
Credit quality trends
     ·  
Recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio
     ·  
Collateral values and loan-to-value ratios
     ·  
Loan volumes and concentrations, including changes in mix
     ·  
Seasoning of the loan portfolio
     ·  
Specific industry conditions within portfolio segments
     ·  
Bank regulatory examination results
     ·  
Other factors, including changes in quality of the loan origination, servicing and risk management processes

 
84

 
 
Our loan officers and risk managers meet at least quarterly to discuss and review the conditions and risks associated with individual loans. We also have an internal loan review function that oversees and examines management’s internal ratings.  We have an internal loan rating system with twelve categories of loan ratings, which is used to evaluate our commercial loans. The definitions of each of these categories are discussed later in this note.
 
In addition, we regularly contract with third-party loan review experts to review portions of the portfolio.  Further, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our allowance for such losses.  We also give consideration to the results of these regulatory agency examinations.
 
Increases in the allowance for loan losses in 2010 compared to prior periods and 2009 were due to rising trends in our past due and nonperforming loans and the effects of rising unemployment rates.  The increase in non-performing loans is a direct result of the weak economic environment impacting numerous borrowers’ ability to pay as scheduled.  This has resulted in increased loan delinquencies over the economic cycle and, in some cases, decreases in the collateral value used to secure real estate loans and the ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure.  Collateral value is assessed based on third-party appraisals, collateral value trends and liquidation value trends.  In certain circumstances, the appraised value may be adjusted based upon the consideration of the age of the appraisal and other liquidation expenses to determine appropriate discounts.  In response to the deterioration in real estate loan quality over this cycle, management closely monitors this portfolio. 
 
A loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect principal or interest that is due in accordance with contractual terms of the loan. Impaired loans include nonaccrual loans and troubled debt restructured loans. Loan impairment is measured in accordance with FASB ASC 310, Receivables (Formerly SFAS No. 114, Accounting for Creditors for Impairment of a Loan).  The adjustments are made in the form of specific reserves and/or charge-offs.  Additional information regarding the specific reserves can be found in the following tables.
 
The following tables provide an analysis of the allowance for loan losses and loan balances as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009:
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
Commercial
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
2010 
 
Commercial
   
mortgages
   
Construction
   
Residential
   
Consumer
   
Total
 
Allowance for credit losses
 
(In thousands)
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Beginning balance
  $ 24,836     $ 6,160     $ 10,922     $ 4,071     $ 7,457     $ 53,446  
   Charge-offs
    (9,458 )     (3,902 )     (14,972 )     (2,241 )     (6,993 )     (37,566 )
   Recoveries
    375       126       1,495       26       554       2,576  
   Provision
    10,727       8,180       12,574       2,172       8,230       41,883  
Ending balance
  $ 26,480     $ 10,564     $ 10,019     $ 4,028     $ 9,248     $ 60,339  
 
                                               
 
                                               
Period-end allowance allocated to:
                                               
   Specific reserves(1)
  $ 4,845     $ 2,591     $ 3,485     $ 968     $ 130     $ 12,019  
   General reserves(2)
    21,635       7,973       6,534       3,060       9,118       48,320  
Ending balance
  $ 26,480     $ 10,564     $ 10,019     $ 4,028     $ 9,248     $ 60,339  
 
                                               
Period-end loan balances evaluated for:
                                               
   Specific reserves(1)
  $ 21,527     $ 9,490     $ 30,260     $ 17,441     $ 5,106     $ 83,824  (3)
   General reserves(2)
    1,216,519       612,508       110,399       293,054       305,403       2,537,883  
Ending balance
  $ 1,238,046     $ 621,998     $ 140,659     $ 310,495     $ 310,509     $ 2,621,707  
 
                                               

 
 
85

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
Commercial
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
2009 
 
Commercial
   
mortgages
   
Construction
   
Residential
   
Consumer
   
Total
 
Allowance for credit losses
 
(In thousands)
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Beginning balance
  $ 12,510     $ 7,353     $ 3,303     $ 2,480     $ 5,543     $ 31,189  
   Charge-offs
    (5,796 )     (1,453 )     (14,479 )     (1,164 )     (3,674 )     (26,566 )
   Recoveries
    150       4       375       38       445       1,012  
   Provision
    17,972       256       21,723       2,717       5,143       47,811  
Ending balance
  $ 24,836     $ 6,160     $ 10,922     $ 4,071     $ 7,457     $ 53,446  
 
                                               
 
                                               
Period-end allowance allocated to:
                                               
   Specific reserves(1)
  $ 4,244     $ 22     $ 6,391     $ 1,014     $ 168     $ 11,839  
   General reserves(2)
    20,592       6,138       4,531       3,057       7,289       41,607  
Ending balance
  $ 24,836     $ 6,160     $ 10,922     $ 4,071     $ 7,457     $ 53,446  
 
                                               
Period-end loan balances evaluated for:
                                               
   Specific reserves(1)
  $ 9,463     $ 1,021     $ 44,680     $ 15,999     $ 2,052     $ 73,215  
   General reserves(2)
    1,109,661       520,419       186,589       334,917       299,434       2,451,020  
Ending balance
  $ 1,119,124     $ 521,440     $ 231,269     $ 350,916     $ 301,486     $ 2,524,235  
 
                                               
(1) Specific reserves represent loans individually evaluated for impairment
 
(2) General reserves represent loans collectively evaluated for impairment
 
(3) The difference between this amount and nonaccruing loans at December 31, 2010, represents accruing troubled debt restructured loans of $7.1 million.
 
 
 
Non-Accrual and Past Due Loans

Nonaccruing loans are those on which the accrual of interest has ceased. We discontinue accrual of interest on originated loans after payments become more than 90 days past due (120 days for consumer loans), or earlier if we do not expect the full collection of principal or interest in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement is probable. Interest accrued but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is reversed and charged against interest income. In addition, the amortization of net deferred loan fees is suspended when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Subsequent cash receipts are applied either to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, depending on our assessment of the ultimate collectability of principal and interest. Loans greater than 90 days past due and still accruing are defined as loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest payments but which remain in accrual status because they are considered well secured and in the process of collection.  Our total past due loan balances also include nonaccrual loan balances that are delinquent.

The following tables show our nonaccrual and past due loans at the dates indicated:
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Greater
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
Greater than
   
 
 
2010 
 
30–59 Days
   
60–89 Days
   
Than
   
Total Past
   
 
   
Total
   
90 Days and
   
Nonaccrual
 
(In Thousands)
 
Past Due
   
Past Due
   
90 Days
   
Due
   
Current
   
Loans
   
Accruing
   
Loans
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Commercial
  $ 3,004     $ 692     $ 8,755     $ 12,451     $ 1,225,595     $ 1,238,046     $ -     $ 21,577  
Commercial   mortgages
    6,574       -       2,056       8,630       613,368       621,998       -       9,490  
Construction
    1,685       3,980       14,238       19,903       120,756       140,659       -       30,260  
Residential
    6,913       2,024       9,658       18,595       291,900       310,495       465       11,739  
Consumer
    1,355       261       1,756       3,372       307,137       310,509       -       3,701  
 
                                                               
Total
  $ 19,531     $ 6,957     $ 36,463     $ 62,951     $ 2,558,756     $ 2,621,707     $ 465     $ 76,767  
% of Total Loans
    0.74 %     0.27 %     1.38 %     2.39 %     97.61 %     100 %     0.02 %     2.93 %
 
                                                               

 
 
86

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Greater
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
Greater than
   
 
 
2009 
 
30–59 Days
   
60–89 Days
   
Than
   
Total Past
   
 
   
Total
   
90 Days and
   
Nonaccrual
 
(In Thousands)
 
Past Due
   
Past Due
   
90 Days
   
Due
   
Current
   
Loans
   
Accruing
   
Loans
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Commercial
  $ 7,033     $ 565     $ 5,987     $ 13,585     $ 1,105,539     $ 1,119,124     $ -     $ 9,463  
Commercial mortgages
    1,586       165       1,021       2,772       518,668       521,440       105       1,021  
Construction
    805       886       15,910       17,601       213,668       231,269       -       44,680  
Residential
    6,317       1,901       10,676       18,894       332,022       350,916       1,221       9,959  
Consumer
    1,225       1,071       698       2,994       298,492       301,486       97       818  
 
                                                               
Total
  $ 16,966     $ 4,588     $ 34,292     $ 55,846     $ 2,468,389     $ 2,524,235     $ 1,423     $ 65,941  
% of Total Loans
    0.67 %     0.19 %     1.35 %     2.21 %     97.79 %     100 %     0.06 %     2.61 %
 
Impaired Loans

Loans for which it is probable we will not collect all principal and interest due according to contractual terms, which is assessed based on the credit characteristics of the loan and/or payment status, are measured for impairment in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC 310, Receivables (Formerly SFAS No. 114, Accounting for Creditors for Impairment of a Loan).  The amount of impairment is required to be measured using one of three methods: (1) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; (2) the loan’s observable market price; or (3) the fair value of collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. If the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, a specific allowance is allocated for the impairment.

The following tables provide an analysis of our impaired loans for December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009:

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
Ending
   
Loans with
   
Loan with
   
Related
   
Contractual
   
Average
 
2010 
 
Loan
   
No Specific
   
Specific
   
Specific
   
Principal
   
Loan
 
(In Thousands)
 
Balances
   
Reserve (1)
   
Reserve
   
Reserve
   
Balance
   
Balances
 
Commercial
  $ 21,527     $ 14,555     $ 6,972     $ 4,845     $ 29,309     $ 16,139  
Commercial mortgages
    9,490       3,263       6,227       2,591       12,001       4,530  
Construction
    30,260       12,166       18,094       3,485       53,265       36,102  
Residential
    17,441       11,226       6,215       968       22,112       16,667  
Consumer
    5,106       3,969       1,137       130       6,558       4,184  
 
                                               
Total
  $ 83,824     $ 45,179     $ 38,645     $ 12,019     $ 123,245     $ 77,622  
 
                                               
 
                                               
 
 
Ending
   
Loans with
   
Loan with
   
Related
   
Contractual
   
Average
 
2009
 
Loan
   
No Specific
   
Specific
   
Specific
   
Principal
   
Loan
 
(In Thousands)
 
Balances
   
Reserve (1)
   
Reserve
   
Reserve
   
Balance
   
Balances
 
Commercial
  $ 9,463     $ 2,011     $ 7,452     $ 4,244     $ 11,778     $ 4,928  
Commercial mortgages
    1,021       819       202       22       1,145       3,596  
Construction
    44,680       10,067       34,613       6,391       57,468       38,944  
Residential
    15,999       9,197       6,802       1,014       18,248       11,960  
Consumer
    2,052       724       1,328       168       2,490       2,136  
 
                                               
Total
  $ 73,215     $ 22,818     $ 50,397     $ 11,839     $ 91,129     $ 61,564  
 
                                               
(1) Reflects loan balances at their collateral value or charge-off if appropriate under ASC 310.
                         


 
87

 


The ending impaired loan balance as of December 31, 2008 was $31.3 million.  The related specific reserves on these loans were $395,000 and the average impaired loan balance for the year-ended December 31, 2008 was $26.1 million.  Interest income of $287,000, $354,000 and $33,000 was recognized on impaired loans during 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Credit Quality Indicators
 
Below is a description of each of our risk ratings for all commercial loans:
 
Pass. These assets presently show no current or potential problems and are considered fully collectible.
 
Special Mention. These assets do not currently expose the Bank to a sufficient degree of risk to warrant an adverse classification but do possess credit deficiencies or potential weaknesses deserving our close attention.  Special mention assets have a potential weakness or pose an unwarranted financial risk which, if not corrected, could weaken the asset and increase risk in the future.
 
Substandard.  Assets which are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or collateral, if any.  Assets so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses based upon objective evidence that jeopardizes the timely liquidation of the asset, or realization of the collateral at the asset’s net book value.  Substandard assets can be classified as accrual or nonaccrual and are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.  The possibility of untimely liquidation requires a substandard classification even if there is little likelihood of total loss.
 
Doubtful. The rating designated to assets with all the weaknesses of substandard assets and added weaknesses that make collection in full highly questionable and improbable, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values.
 
Loss. These assets are considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted. This classification does not mean that an asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather, that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off a basically worthless asset even though partial recovery may occur in the future.
 
Residential and Consumer Loans

The residential and consumer loan portfolios are monitored on an ongoing basis using delinquency information and loan type as credit quality indicators.  These credit quality indicators are assessed on an aggregate basis in these relatively homogeneous portfolios.  Loans that are greater than 120 days past due are considered nonperforming and placed in nonaccrual status.
 
 
88

 
 
The following tables provide an analysis of loans as of December 31, 2010:

Commercial credit exposure credit risk profile by internally assigned risk rating (In thousands):

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
Total Commercial
 
 
 
Commercial
   
Commercial mortgages
   
Construction
   
2010
   
2009
 
 
 
2010
   
2009
   
2010
   
2009
   
2010
   
2009
   
Amount
   
Percent
   
Amount
   
Percent
 
Risk Rating:
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Special mention
  $ 39,544     $ 75,394     $ 13,195     $ 11,732     $ 21,970     $ 55,956     $ 74,709    
 
    $ 143,082    
 
 
Substandard:
                                                         
 
           
 
 
     Accrual
    54,230       52,125       21,121       16,976       32,560       26,809       107,911    
 
      95,910    
 
 
     Nonaccrual
    21,577       9,463       9,490       1,021       30,260       44,680       61,327    
 
      55,164    
 
 
Total Special Mention and Substandard
    115,351       136,982       43,806       29,729       84,790       127,445       243,947       12 %     294,156       16 %
Pass
    1,122,695       982,142       578,192       491,711       55,869       103,824       1,756,756       88       1,577,677       84  
     Total Commercial Loans
  $ 1,238,046     $ 1,119,124     $ 621,998     $ 521,440     $ 140,659     $ 231,269     $ 2,000,703       100     $ 1,871,833       100  
 
Consumer credit exposure credit risk profile based on payment activity (in Thousands):
 
 
                         
Total Residential and Consumer
   
Residential
   
Consumer
   
2010
 
2009
   
2010
   
2009
   
2010
   
2009
   
Amount
   
Percent
 
Amount
   
Percent
                                                 
Nonperforming
  $ 17,441     $ 15,999     $ 5,106     $ 2,052     $ 22,547       4 %   $ 18,051       3 %
Performing
    293,054  (1)     334,917       305,403       299,434       598,457       96       634,351       97  
     Total
  $ 310,495     $ 350,916     $ 310,509     $ 301,486     $ 621,004       100     $ 652,402       100  
           
(1) Includes $7.1 million of troubled debt restructured mortgages and home equity installment loans that are performing in accordance with the loans modified terms and are accruing interest.

 
 
89

 

7. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Land, office buildings, leasehold improvements and furniture and equipment, at cost, are summarized by major classifications:

December 31,
2010 
 
2009 
(In Thousands)
 
 
 
Land
$
2,390 
 
$
4,422 
Buildings
 
6,894 
 
 
10,900 
Leasehold improvements
 
27,428 
 
 
26,089 
Furniture and equipment
 
34,559 
 
 
32,444 
 
 
71,271 
 
 
73,855 
Less:
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated depreciation
 
39,401 
 
 
37,747 
 
$
31,870 
 
$
36,108 

Depreciation expense is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets or, for leasehold improvements, over the effective lives of the related lease if less than the estimated useful lives. In general, computer equipment, furniture and equipment and building renovations are depreciated over three, five and ten years, respectively.

We occupy certain premises including some with renewal options, and operate certain equipment under noncancelable leases with terms ranging primarily from one to 25 years. These leases are accounted for as operating leases. Accordingly, lease costs are expensed in accordance with FASB ASC 840-20 Operating Leases.  Rent expense was $5.7 million in 2010, $5.9 million in 2009 and $5.0 million in 2008. Future minimum payments under these leases at December 31, 2010 are as follows:

(In Thousands)
 
 
2011 
$
6,250 
2012 
 
6,190 
2013 
 
5,869 
2014 
 
5,606 
2015 
 
5,660 
Thereafter
 
113,423 
       Total future minimum lease payments
$
142,998 
 

 
90

 

8. DEPOSITS

The following is a summary of deposits by category, including a summary of the remaining time to maturity for time deposits:

December 31,
 
 
2010 
 
 
2009 
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Money market and demand:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing demand
 
$
468,098 
 
$
431,476 
 
Interest-bearing demand
 
 
312,546 
 
 
265,719 
 
Money market
 
 
743,808 
 
 
550,639 
 
Total money market and demand
 
 
1,524,452 
 
 
1,247,834 
 
 
Savings
 
 
255,340 
 
 
224,921 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer certificates of deposit by maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than one year
 
 
335,768 
 
 
292,884 
 
One year to two years
 
 
74,555 
 
 
129,144 
 
Two years to three years
 
 
4,415 
 
 
43,622 
 
Three years to four years
 
 
1,576 
 
 
2,580 
 
Over four years
 
 
68,550 
 
 
1,909 
 
Total customer time certificates
 
 
484,864 
 
 
470,139 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Jumbo certificates of deposits, by maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than one year
 
 
228,785 
 
 
206,700 
 
One year to two years
 
 
37,010 
 
 
46,883 
 
Two years to three years
 
 
2,398 
 
 
18,426 
 
Three years to four years
 
 
167 
 
 
161 
 
Over four years
 
 
28,752 
 
 
164 
 
Total jumbo certificates of deposit
 
 
297,112 
 
 
272,334 
 
Subtotal customer deposits
 
 
2,561,768 
 
 
2,215,228 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Brokered deposits less than one year
 
 
249,006 
 
 
346,643 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total deposits
 
$
2,810,774 
 
$
2,561,871 
 
 
Interest expense by category follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
2010 
 
2009 
 
2008 
(In Thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing demand
$
435 
 
$
648 
 
$
1,064 
Money market
 
4,301 
 
 
4,857 
 
 
5,909 
Savings
 
494 
 
 
521 
 
 
736 
Time deposits
 
16,070 
 
 
21,634 
 
 
23,866 
Total customer interest expense
 
21,300 
 
 
27,660 
 
 
31,575 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Brokered deposits
 
1,797 
 
 
2,729 
 
 
8,234 
Total interest expense on deposits
$
23,097 
 
$
30,389 
 
$
39,809 

 
91

 
9. BORROWED FUNDS

The following is a summary of borrowed funds by type:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maximum
 
 
 
Weighted
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding
 
Average
 
Average
 
 
 
 
Weighted
 
at Month
 
Amount
 
Interest
 
 
Balance at
 
Average
 
End
 
Outstanding
 
Rate
 
 
End of
 
Interest
 
During the
 
During the
 
During the
 
 
Period
 
Rate
 
Period
 
Period
 
Period
At December 31, 2010
 
(Dollars in Thousands)
FHLB advances
 
$
488,959 
 
2.28 
%
 
$
640,179 
 
$
544,317 
 
2.67 
%
Trust preferred borrowings
 
 
67,011 
 
2.07 
 
 
 
67,011 
 
 
67,011 
 
2.05 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      under agreements to repurchase
 
 
100,000 
 
1.50 
 
 
 
110,000 
 
 
98,767 
 
1.51 
 
Other borrowed funds
 
 
91,636 
 
1.01 
 
 
 
107,867 
 
 
86,989 
 
1.13 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2009
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FHLB advances
 
$
613,144 
 
2.59 
%
 
$
738,639 
 
$
642,496 
 
2.81 
%
Trust preferred borrowings
 
 
67,011 
 
2.03 
 
 
 
67,011 
 
 
67,011 
 
2.64 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      under agreements to repurchase
 
 
100,000 
 
1.50 
 
 
 
100,000 
 
 
101,019 
 
1.49 
 
Other borrowed funds
 
 
74,654 
 
1.21 
 
 
 
132,604 
 
 
105,616 
 
1.01 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

Advances from the FHLB of Pittsburgh with rates ranging from 0.60% to 4.45% at December 31, 2010 are due as follows:
 
 
 
 
Weighted
 
 
 
 
Average
 
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
 
(Dollars in Thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2011 
 
$
218,855 
 
1.80
%
2012 
 
 
87,539 
 
3.06
 
2013 
 
 
82,565 
 
2.21
 
2014 
 
 
100,000 
 
2.70
 
 
 
$
488,959 
 
2.28
 

Pursuant to collateral agreements with the FHLB, advances are secured by qualifying first mortgage loans, qualifying fixed-income securities, FHLB stock and an interest-bearing demand deposit account with the FHLB.

As a member of the FHLB of Pittsburgh, we are required to purchase and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB of Pittsburgh in an amount at least equal to 0.35% of our of member asset value plus 4.60% of advances outstanding.  We were in compliance with this requirement with a stock investment in FHLB of Pittsburgh of $37.5 million at December 31, 2010.  This stock is carried on the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Condition at cost, which approximates liquidation value.

In December 2008, the FHLB of Pittsburgh announced the suspension of both dividend payments and the repurchase of capital stock.  In 2010, a limited repurchase of capital stock was reinstated.  We received no dividends from the FHLB of Pittsburgh during 2010 or 2009.  The FHLB of Pittsburgh is rated AAA, has a very

 
92

 

high degree of government support and was in compliance with all regulatory capital requirements as of December 31, 2010.  Based on these factors, we have determined there was no other-than-temporary impairment related to out FHLB stock investment as of December 31, 2010.

At December 31, 2010, 25 advances were outstanding totaling $489.0 million, with a weighted average rate of 2.28%

Trust Preferred Borrowings

In 2005, we issued $67.0 million of aggregate principal amount of Pooled Floating Rate Securities at a variable interest rate of 177 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate. The proceeds from this issuance were used to fund the redemption of $51.5 million of Floating Rate Capital Trust I Preferred Securities.

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

During 2010 and 2009, we purchased federal funds as a short-term funding source.   At December 31, 2010, we had purchased $75.0 million in federal funds at a rate of 0.38%.  At December 31, 2009, we had purchased $75.0 million in federal funds at a rate of 0.38%

During 2010, we continued to have securities sold under agreements to repurchase as a funding source. At December 31, 2010, securities sold under agreements to repurchase had a fixed rate of 4.87%. The underlying securities are mortgage-backed securities with a book value of $27.6 million at December 31, 2010. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase with the corresponding carrying and market values of the underlying securities are due as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateral
 
 
Borrowing
 
 
 
Carrying
 
Fair
 
Accrued
 
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
Value
 
Value
 
Interest
(Dollars in Thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Over 90 days
 
$
25,000 
 
4.87
%
 
$
27,584 
 
$
28,419 
 
$
95 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2009
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Over 90 days
 
$
25,000 
 
4.87
%
 
$
29,226 
 
$
29,471 
 
$
101 

Other Borrowed Funds

Included in other borrowed funds are collateralized borrowings of $61.6 million and $44.7 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009 respectively, consisting of outstanding retail repurchase agreements, contractual arrangements under which portions of certain securities are sold overnight to retail customers under agreements to repurchase. Such borrowings were collateralized by mortgage-backed securities. The average rates on these borrowings were 0.17% and 0.18% at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  In addition, during 2009 we issued $30.0 million of unsecured debt under the FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program.  The rate on this debt was 2.74% at December 31, 2010.  
 

10. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Under Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) capital regulations, savings institutions such as WSFS, must maintain “tangible” capital equal to 1.5% of adjusted total assets, “core” capital equal to 4.0% of adjusted total assets, “Tier 1” capital equal to 4.0% of risk-weighted assets and “total” or “risk-based” capital (a combination of core and “supplementary” capital) equal to 8.0% of risk-weighted assets.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory – and possibly additional discretionary – actions by regulators that, if

 
93

 

undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our financial statements.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, WSFS was in compliance with regulatory capital requirements and was deemed a “well-capitalized” institution.

The following table presents our capital position as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
 
 
 
 
 
To Be Well-Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
Consolidated Bank Capital
For Capital Adequacy Purposes
 
 
Amount
Percent
 
Amount
Percent
 
Amount
Percent
(In Thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2010:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
 
$
409,034 
13.62
%
 
$
240,338 
8.00
%
 
$
300,423 
10.00
%
   Core Capital (to adjusted tangible assets)
 
 
371,348 
9.49
 
 
 
156,555 
4.00
 
 
 
195,693 
5.00
 
   Tangible Capital (to tangible assets)
 
 
371,348 
9.49
 
 
 
58,708 
1.50
 
 
 
N/A 
N/A
 
   Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
 
 
371,348 
12.36
 
 
 
120,169 
4.00
 
 
 
180,254 
6.00
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2009:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
 
$
359,834 
12.24
%
 
$
235,163 
8.00
%
 
$
293,953 
10.00
%
   Core Capital (to adjusted tangible assets)
 
 
323,957 
8.67
 
 
 
149,404 
4.00
 
 
 
186,755 
5.00
 
   Tangible Capital (to tangible assets)
 
 
323,957 
8.67
 
 
 
56,026 
1.50
 
 
 
N/A 
N/A
 
   Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
 
 
323,957 
11.02
 
 
 
117,581 
4.00
 
 
 
176,372 
6.00
 
 
     During 2010 we completed an underwritten public offering of 1,370,000 shares of common stock.  The offering was priced at $36.50 per share, a slight premium to the prior day’s closing price, and raised $47.1 million, net of $2.9 million of costs.  During 2009 we completed a private placement of common stock to Peninsula Investment Partners, L.P. for a total purchase price of $25.0 million.  Information concerning these transactions are included in Note 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
     Our capital structure includes one class of $0.01 par common stock outstanding, each share having equal voting rights and one class of $.01 par preferred stock.
 
     During 2009, we issued and sold senior preferred stock to the U.S. Department of Treasury under its Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) totaling $52.6 million. Information concerning this transaction is included in Note 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
     In conjunction with the private placement of common stock and the issuance senior preferred stock to the U.S. Department of Treasury under CPP, we issued warrants to purchase additional shares of common stock.  For additional information on these warrants see Note 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
     When infused into the Bank, the Trust Preferred Securities issued in 2005 qualify as Tier 1 capital. We are prohibited from paying any dividend or making any other capital distribution if, after making the distribution, we would be undercapitalized within the meaning of the OTS Prompt Corrective Action regulations.  Since 1996, the Board of Directors has approved several stock repurchase programs to reacquire common shares.  We did not acquire any shares in 2010 or 2009.
 
     The Holding Company
 
     In 2005, WSFS Capital Trust III, our unconsolidated subsidiary, issued $67.0 million of aggregate principle of Pooled Floating Rate Securities at a variable interest rate of 177 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate.  The proceeds were used to refinance the WSFS Capital Trust I November 1998 issuance of $51.5 million of Trust Preferred Securities which had a variable rate of 250 basis points over the three-month LIBOR rate.  At December 31, 2010, the coupon rate of the Capital Trust III securities was 2.07% with a scheduled maturity of June 1, 2035.  The effective rate will vary, due to fluctuations in interest rates. The proceeds from the

 
94

 

issue were invested in Junior Subordinated Debentures we issued. These securities are treated as borrowings with interest included in interest expense on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.  The remaining proceeds were used primarily to extinguish higher rate debt and for general corporate purposes.

Pursuant to federal laws and regulations, our ability to engage in transactions with affiliated corporations is limited, and we generally may not lend funds to nor guarantee our indebtedness.

11. ASSOCIATE (EMPLOYEE) BENEFIT PLANS

Associate 401(k) Savings Plan

Certain subsidiaries of ours maintain a qualified plan in which Associates may participate. Participants in the plan may elect to direct a portion of their wages into investment accounts that include professionally managed mutual and money market funds and our common stock.  Generally, the principal and earnings thereon are tax deferred until withdrawn.  We match a portion of the Associates' contributions and, based on our performance, periodically make discretionary contributions into the plan for the benefit of our Associates.  As a result, our total cash contributions to the plan on behalf of our Associates resulted in a cash expenditure of $1.5 million, $1.5 million and $1.8 million for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively based on our performance.

All contributions are invested in accordance with the Associates’ selection of investments.  If Associates do not designate how discretionary contributions are to be invested, 80% will be invested in a balanced fund and 20% will be invested in our common stock.  Associates may make transfers to various other investment vehicles within the plan without any significant restrictions.  The plan purchased 81,000, 50,000, and 10,000 shares of our common stock during 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Postretirement Benefits

We share certain costs of providing health and life insurance benefits to retired Associates (and their eligible dependents).  Substantially all Associates may become eligible for these benefits if they reach normal retirement age while working for us.

We account for our obligations under the provisions of FASB ASC 715, Compensation – Retirement Benefits (“ASC 715”) (Formerly SFAS No. 106, Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions). ASC 715 requires that the costs of these benefits be recognized over an Associate’s active working career.  Amortization of unrecognized net gains or losses resulting from experience different from that assumed and from changes in assumptions is included as a component of net periodic benefit cost over the remaining service period of active employees to the extent that such gains and losses exceed 10% of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation, as of the beginning of the year.
 
ASC 715 requires that we recognize the funded status of our defined benefit postretirement plan in our statement of financial position, with a corresponding adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax. The adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income at adoption represented the net unrecognized actuarial losses and unrecognized transition obligation remaining from the initial adoption of ASC 715, all of which were previously netted against the plan’s funded status in our statement of financial position pursuant to the provisions of ASC 715. These amounts will be subsequently recognized as net periodic pension costs pursuant to our historical accounting policy for amortizing such amounts. Further, actuarial gains and losses that arise in subsequent periods and are not recognized as net periodic pension cost in the same periods will be recognized as a component of other comprehensive income. Those amounts will be subsequently recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost on the same basis as the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at adoption of ASC 715.
 
In accordance with ASC 715, during 2011 the Company expects to recognize $31,000 in expense relating to the amortization of the net actuarial loss and $61,000 in expense relating to the amortization of the net transition obligation.

 
95

 

The following disclosures relating to postretirement benefits were measured at December 31, 2010:

 
 
 
2010 
 
 
 
2009 
 
 
 
2008 
 
(Dollars in Thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in benefit obligation:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
 
$
2,568 
 
 
$
2,502 
 
 
$
2,339 
 
Service cost
 
 
171 
 
 
 
161 
 
 
 
142 
 
Interest cost
 
 
151 
 
 
 
141 
 
 
 
137 
 
Actuarial loss/(gain)
 
 
360 
 
 
 
(69
)
 
 
56 
 
Benefits paid
 
 
(162
)
 
 
(167
)
 
 
(172
)
Benefit obligation at end of year
 
$
3,088 
 
 
$
2,568 
 
 
$
2,502 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in plan assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
 
$
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
Employer contributions
 
 
162 
 
 
 
167 
 
 
 
172 
 
Benefits paid
 
 
(162
)
 
 
(167
)
 
 
(172
)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
 
$
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Funded status:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Funded status
 
$
(3,088
)
 
$
(2,568
)
 
$
 (2,502
)
Recognized net loss
 
 
914 
 
 
 
626 
 
 
 
774 
 
Net amount recognized
 
$
(2,174
)
 
$
(1,942
)
 
$
(1,728
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Components of net periodic benefit cost:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service cost
 
 
171 
 
 
 
161 
 
 
$
142 
 
Interest cost
 
 
151 
 
 
 
141 
 
 
 
137 
 
Amortization of transition obligation
 
 
61 
 
 
 
61 
 
 
 
61 
 
Net loss recognition
 
 
12 
 
 
 
18 
 
 
 
16 
 
Net periodic benefit cost
 
$
395 
 
 
$
381 
 
 
$
356 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
 
6.00 
%
 
 
5.75 
%
 
 
6.00 
%
Health care cost trend rate
 
 
5.00 
%
 
 
5.00 
%
 
 
5.00 
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sensitivity analysis of health care cost trends:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of +1% on service cost plus interest cost
 
$
(13
)
 
$
 (11
)
 
$
 (12
)
Effect of –1% on service cost plus interest cost
 
 
10 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of +1% on APBO
 
 
(96
)
 
 
(74
)
 
 
(89
)
Effect of –1% on APBO
 
 
76 
 
 
 
60 
 
 
 
72 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assumptions used to value the Accumulated Postretirement Benefit Obligation (APBO):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
 
5.50 
%
 
 
6.00 
%
 
 
5.75 
%
Health care cost trend rate
 
 
5.00 
%
 
 
5.00 
%
 
 
5.00 
%
Ultimate trend rate
 
 
5.00 
%
 
 
5.00 
%
 
 
5.00 
%
Year of ultimate trend rate
 
 
2010 
 
 
 
2009 
 
 
 
2008 
 




 
96

 

Estimated future benefit payments:

The following table shows the expected future payments for the next ten years:
 (In Thousands)

During 2011
$
126 
During 2012
 
128 
During 2013
 
131 
During 2014
 
129 
During 2015
 
129 
During 2016 through 2020
 
693 
 
$
1,336 

We assume that the average annual rate of increase for medical benefits will remain flat and stabilize at an average increase of 5% per annum. The costs incurred for retirees’ health care are limited since certain current and all future retirees are restricted to an annual medical premium cap indexed (since 1995) by the lesser of 4% or the actual increase in medical premiums paid by us. For 2010, this annual premium cap amounted to $2,596 per retiree. We estimate that we will contribute approximately $126,000 to the plan during fiscal 2011.

We have five additional plans which are no longer being provided to Associates.  They are a Supplemental Pension Plan with a corresponding liability of $644,000, an Early Retirement Window Plan with a corresponding liability of $300,000, a Director’s Plan with a corresponding liability of $96,000, a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan with a corresponding liability of $839,000 acquired from Christiana Bank & Trust, and a Post Retirement Medical Plan with a corresponding liability of $71,000 also acquired from Christiana Bank & Trust.

12. TAXES ON INCOME

We and our subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return and separate state income tax returns.  Our income tax provision (benefit) consists of the following:

Year Ended December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
Current income taxes:
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   Federal taxes
  $ 8,192     $ 7,699     $ 9,741  
   State and local taxes
    (555 )     (1,408 )     119  
Deferred income taxes:
                       
   Federal taxes
    (2,183 )     (8,384 )     (2,910 )
   State and local taxes
    -       -       -  
 
                       
Total
  $ 5,454     $ (2,093 )   $ 6,950  

Current federal income taxes include taxes on income that cannot be offset by net operating loss carryforwards.

 
97

 


Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The following is a summary of the significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
 
 
2010 
2009 
(In Thousands)
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
 
   Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities
$
(4,287
)
$
 
   Accelerated depreciation
 
 
 
(707
)
 
(683
)
   Other
 
 
 
(207
)
 
(140
)
   Prepaid expenses
 
 
 
(1,361
)
 
(1,537
)
   Deferred loan costs
 
 
 
(1,675
)
 
(1,955
)
Total deferred tax liabilities
 
 
 
(8,237
)
 
(4,315
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Allowance for loan losses
 
 
 
21,119
 
 
18,706
 
   Reserves and other
 
 
 
5,460
 
 
5,521
 
   Deferred gains
 
 
 
398
 
 
343
 
   Unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities
 
 
 
960
 
   Total deferred tax assets
 
 
 
26,977
 
 
25,530
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Valuation allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net deferred tax asset
 
 
$
18,740
 
$
21,215
 

             Included in the table above is the effect of certain temporary differences for which no deferred tax expense or benefit was recognized. Such items consisted primarily of $4.3 million of unrealized gains and losses on certain investments in debt and equity securities accounted for under ASC 320, $388,000 related to post retirement benefit obligations accounted for under ASC 715 and $318,000 of deferred tax assets recorded in conjunction with the acquisition of Christiana Bank & Trust.

Based on our history of prior earnings and our expectations of the future, it is anticipated that operating income and the reversal pattern of our temporary differences will, more likely than not, be sufficient to realize a net deferred tax asset of $18.7 million at December 31, 2010. An adjustment to decrease the gross deferred tax asset and the related valuation allowance in the amount of $2.0 million was made in 2008 to reflect federal and state tax net operating losses that expired. No federal or state net operating losses remain at December 31, 2010.

 A reconciliation showing the differences between our effective tax rate and the U.S. Federal statutory tax rate is as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
 
2010 
 
2009 
 
2008 
 
Statutory federal income tax rate
 
35.0
%
35.0
%
35.0
%
State tax net of federal tax benefit
 
(1.8
)
64.0
 
0.3
 
Interest income 50% excludable
 
(3.7
)
50.6
 
(3.2
)
Bank-owned life insurance income
 
(1.3
)
22.4
 
(2.7
)
Incentive stock option and other
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   nondeductible compensation
0.8
 
(18.0
)
0.7
 
Nondeductible goodwill
 
 
(8.0
)
 
Federal tax credits
 
(1.1
)
 
 
Other
 
 
0.4
 
 
Effective tax rate
 
27.9
%
146.4
%
30.1
%

 
98

 


We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740, Income Taxes (formerly Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes and FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement 109). ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Benefits from tax positions are recognized in the financial statements only when it is more-likely-than-not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. ASC 740 also provides guidance on the accounting for and disclosure of unrecognized tax benefits, interest and penalties.

             Related to the move of our corporate headquarters, during 2007, we donated (to the local Historical Society, for the purpose of community viewing) an N.C. Wyeth mural which was previously displayed in our former headquarters. Pursuant to an appraisal by a nationally recognized art appraisal firm, the estimated fair value of the mural was $6.0 million, which was recorded as a charitable contribution expense. We recognized a related offsetting gain on the transfer of the asset during 2007. The expense and offsetting gain was shown net in our Consolidated Financial Statements. As the gain on the transfer of the asset is permanently excludible from taxation, the charitable contribution transaction results in a permanent deduction for income tax purposes. The amount of the deduction represents an income tax uncertainty because it is subject to evaluation by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”).

We record interest and penalties on potential income tax deficiencies as income tax expense.  Federal tax years 2007 through 2010 remain subject to examination as of December 31, 2010, while tax years 2007 through 2010 remain subject to examination by state taxing jurisdictions. No federal or state income tax return examinations are currently in process. We believe it is reasonably possible that between $500,000 and $1.0 million of unrecognized tax benefits will be realized during 2011 as a result of the expiration of statutes of limitations. Excluding the potential impact of the IRS review of the mural valuation, we expect to record less than $20,000 of additional reserves during 2011 related to interest on existing unrecognized tax benefits.

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits related to ASC 740 as of December 31, 2010 was $1.0 million, of which $500,000 would affect our effective tax rate if recognized. The total amount of accrued interest and penalties included in such unrecognized tax benefits were $51,000 and $0, respectively, of which $16,000 was recorded as expense in 2010. A reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits during 2010 is as follows:

(In Thousands)
 
 
 
Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2009
$
1,850
 
Additions as a result of tax positions taken during prior years
 
16
 
Additions as a result of tax positions taken during current year
 
 
Reductions relating to settlements with taxing authorities
 
 
Reductions as a result of a lapse of statutes of limitations
 
(899
)
Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2010
$
967
 
 

 
99

 

13. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Stock-based compensation is accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC 718, Stock Compensation (formerly SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment).  After shareholder approval in 2005, the 1997 Stock Option Plan (“1997 Plan”) was replaced by the 2005 Incentive Plan (“2005 Plan”).  No future awards may be granted under the 1997 Plan, however, we still have options outstanding under the plan for officers, directors and Associates of the Company and its subsidiaries.  The 2005 Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of its effective date, after which no awards may be granted.  We have stock options outstanding under both plans (collectively, “Stock Incentive Plans”).  The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2005 Plan is 1,197,000.  At December 31, 2010, there were 511,067 shares available for future grants under the 2005 Plan.

The Stock Incentive Plans provide for the granting of incentive stock options as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code as well as non-incentive stock options (collectively, “Stock Options”). Additionally, the 2005 Plan provides for the granting of stock appreciation rights, performance awards, restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards, deferred stock units, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards and cash awards. All Stock Options are to be granted at not less than the market price of our common stock on the date of the grant. All Stock Options granted during 2010 vest in 25% per annum increments, start to become exercisable one year from the grant date and expire five years from the grant date. Generally, all awards become exercisable immediately in the event of a change in control, as defined within the Stock Incentive Plans.

In 2007, the Executive Committee of our Board of Directors adopted an administrative policy related to the future award of stock options under the 2005 Plan whereby any change to the policy only would be made following the approval by our stockholders.  At the 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, a proposal was approved to increase the maximum life of stock options and stock appreciation rights from five years to seven years.

A summary of the status of our Stock Incentive Plans as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and changes during those years is presented below:

 
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
 
 
 
   
Weighted-
   
 
   
Weighted-
   
 
   
Weighted-
 
 
 
 
   
Average
   
 
   
Average
   
 
   
Average
 
 
 
 
   
Exercise
   
 
   
Exercise
   
 
   
Exercise
 
 
 
Shares
   
Price
   
Shares
   
Price
   
Shares
   
Price
 
Stock Options:
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Outstanding at beginning of year
    733,468     $ 42.95       675,887     $ 44.98       722,582     $ 43.14  
Granted
    27,889       30.94       83,921       23.33       33,250       49.08  
Exercised
    (67,376 )     14.29       (16,460 )     16.48       (60,240 )     20.51  
Forfeited
    (127,658 )     55.92       (9,880 )     59.50       (19,705 )     59.27  
Outstanding at end of year
    566,323       42.84       733,468       42.95       675,887       44.98  
 
                                               
Exercisable at end of year
    442,837     $ 45.04       541,910     $ 43.52       473,445     $ 39.84  
 
                                               
Weighted-average fair value of awards granted
  $ 9.51             $ 5.42             $ 10.57          

Beginning January 1, 2010, 541,910 stock options were exercisable. In addition, at January 1, 2010 there were 191,558 nonvested options with a $214,000 intrinsic value, and a weighted-average grant date fair value of $8.92 per option. During the year ended December 31, 2010, 76,357 options vested with a $480,000 intrinsic value, and a weighted-average grant date fair value of $10.37 per option. Also during 2010, 67,376 options were exercised with an intrinsic value of $2.4 million.  In addition, 97,989 vested options were forfeited with an intrinsic value of $144,000 and a grant date fair value of $13.09, while 127,658 options were

 
100

 

forfeited in total with a grant date fair value of $12.21. There were 442,837 exercisable options remaining at December 31, 2010, with an intrinsic value of $3.8 million and a remaining contractual term of 2.0 years.  At December 31, 2010 there were 566,323 options outstanding with an intrinsic value of $5.6 million and a remaining contractual term of 2.3 years and 123,486 nonvested options with a grant date fair value of $8.27.  During 2009, 16,460 options were exercised with an intrinsic value of $231,000 and 93,337 options vested with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $12.63 per option.

The total amount of compensation cost related to nonvested stock options as of December 31, 2010 was $590,000.  The weighted-average period over which it is expected to be recognized is 2.1 years.  We issue new shares upon the exercise of options.

During 2010, we granted 27,889 options with a five-year life and a four-year vesting period.  The Black-Scholes option-pricing model was used to determine the grant date fair value of options.  Significant assumptions used in the model included a weighted-average risk-free rate of return between 0.8% and 1.9% in 2010; an expected option life of three and three-quarter years; and an expected stock price volatility between 43.3% and 55.4% in 2010.  For the purposes of this option-pricing model, a dividend yield between 1.1% and 1.6% was assumed.

During 2010, we issued 5,876 restricted stock units and awards.  These awards generally vest over a four to five year period.  For stock awards made to certain executive officers, there are additional vesting limitations.  Under these additional limitations, 25% of the awards will become transferrable at the time of repayment of at least 25% of the aggregate financial assistance we received under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”), an additional 25% of the shares granted (for an aggregate total of 50% of the shares will become transferrable) at the time of repayment of at least 50% of the aggregate financial assistance we received under EESA, an additional 25% of the shares granted (for an aggregate total of 75% of the shares will become transferrable) at the time of repayment of at least 75% of the aggregate financial assistance we received under EESA.  The remainder of the shares will become transferrable following the time of repayment of 100% of the aggregate financial assistance we received under EESA.  If the date specified has not occurred by the tenth anniversary of the grant date, the grantee will forfeit all of the restricted shares.

Compensation costs related to these issuances are recognized over the lives of the restricted stock and restricted stock units.  We amortize the expense related to the restricted stock grants into salaries, benefits and other compensation expense on an accrual basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.  When we award restricted stock to individuals from whom we may not receive services in the future, such as those who are eligible for retirement, we recognize the expense of restricted stock grants when we make the award, instead of amortizing the expense over the vesting period of the award.

Beginning in 2009, the Long-Term Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit program (“Long-Term Program”) will award up to an aggregate of 109,200 shares of our stock to seventeen participants, only after the achievement of targeted levels of return on assets (“ROA”) in any year through 2011.  Under the terms of the plan, if an annual ROA performance level of 1.20% is achieved, up to 54,900 shares will be awarded.  If an annual ROA performance level of 1.35% is achieved, up to 76,100 shares will be awarded.  If an annual ROA performance level of 1.50% or greater is achieved, up to 109,200 shares will be awarded.  The awarded stock will vest in 25% increments over four years.  In addition, if a performance level is achieved and there are insufficient shares available for grant, we have the option of granting the available shares with the remainder being paid in cash.  We did not recognize any compensation expense related to this program in 2010 or 2009.  Compensation expense for the Long-Term Program was based on the closing stock price as of May 28, 2009 and will begin to be recognized once the achievement of target performance is considered probable.

The impact of stock-based compensation for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $965,000 pre-tax ($745,000 after tax) or $0.10 per share, to salaries, benefits and other compensation.  This compares to $1.4 million pre-tax ($1.1 million after tax) or $0.18 per share in 2009 and $1.1 million pre-tax ($917,000 after tax) or $0.15 per share in 2008.

 
101

 

The following table summarizes all stock options outstanding and exercisable for Option Plans as of December 31, 2010, segmented by range of exercise prices:

 
 
Outstanding
 
Exercisable
 
 
 
 
Weighted-
 
Weighted-
 
 
 
Weighted
 
 
 
 
Average
 
Average
 
 
 
Average
 
 
 
 
Exercise
 
Remaining
 
 
 
Exercise
 
 
Number
 
Price
 
Contractual Life
 
Number
 
Price
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock Options:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$13.81-$20.70
 
79,180 
 
$
17.16 
 
0.9  years
 
79,180 
 
$
17.16 
$20.71-$27.60
 
69,978 
 
 
23.33 
 
3.1  years
 
15,857 
 
 
23.28 
$27.61-$34.50
 
78,408 
 
 
32.46 
 
2.7  years
 
53,415 
 
 
33.40 
$34.51-$41.40
 
1,600 
 
 
37.20 
 
4.8  years
 
 
 
-
$41.41-$48.30
 
79,275 
 
 
44.55 
 
3.0  years
 
67,525 
 
 
44.24 
$48.31-$55.20
 
107,508 
 
 
53.21 
 
2.0  years
 
81,368 
 
 
53.21 
$55.21-$62.10
 
60,567 
 
 
58.75 
 
3.8  years
 
57,007 
 
 
58.79 
$62.11-$69.00
 
89,807 
 
 
65.19 
 
1.0    year
 
88,485 
 
 
65.17 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
566,323 
 
$
42.84 
 
2.3  years
 
442,837 
 
$
45.04 

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lending Operations

At December 31, 2010, we had commitments to extend credit of $603.5 million. Commercial loan commitments represented $251.3 million, while commercial mortgage and construction commitments were $72.1 million and $52.6 million, respectively.  Outstanding letters of credit were $60.9 million.  Consumer lines of credit totaled $148.1 million of which $129.3 million was secured by real estate and outstanding commitments to make or acquire mortgage loans aggregated $18.4 million; all were at fixed rates ranging from 3.25% to 5.88%. Mortgage commitments generally have closing dates within a six-month period.

Data Processing Operations

We have entered into contracts to manage our network operations, data processing and other related services. The projected amounts of future minimum payments contractually due (in thousands) are as follows:

 
Year
 
                     Amount
 
2011 
 
$
2,193 
 
2012 
 
 
1,726 
 
2013 
 
 
1,630 
 
2014 
 
 
1,670 
 
2015 
 
 
709 

The expenses for data processing and operations for the year ending December 31, 2010 was $4.6 million.




 
102

 

     Legal Proceedings
 
     In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to legal actions that involve claims for monetary relief. Based upon information presently available to us and our counsel, it is our opinion that any legal and financial responsibility arising from such claims will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
     Financial Instruments With Off-Balance Sheet Risk
 
     We are a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business primarily to meet the financing needs of our customers. To varying degrees, these financial instruments involve elements of credit risk that are not recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Condition.
 
     Exposure to loss for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit written is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. We generally require collateral to support such financial instruments in excess of the contractual amount of those instruments and use the same credit policies in making commitments as we do for on-balance sheet instruments.
 
     The following represents a summary of off-balance sheet financial instruments at year-end:

December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
   
 
 
Financial instruments with contract amounts which represent potential credit risk:
 
 
   
 
 
Construction loan commitments
  $ 52,565     $ 55,962  
Commercial mortgage loan commitments
    72,131       107,690  
Commercial loan commitments
    251,344       270,100  
Commercial standby letters of credit
    60,913       60,903  
Residential mortgage loan commitments
    18,399       5,952  
Consumer loan commitments
    148,186       116,612  
 
     Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being completely drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. We evaluate each customer’s creditworthiness and obtain collateral based on our credit evaluation of the counterparty.
 
     Given the current interest rate environment and current customer preference for long-term fixed rate mortgages, coupled with our desire to not hold these assets in our portfolio, we generally sell newly originated fixed rate conventional, 15 to 30 year loans in the secondary market to government sponsored enterprises such as FHLMC or to wholesale lenders. We sometimes retain the servicing rights on residential mortgage loans sold which results in monthly service fee income. We will, however, sell select loans with servicing released on a nonrecourse basis. Not reflected in the table above, are commitments to sell residential mortgages which were $24.6 million and $14.0 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively
 
     Indemnifications
 
     Secondary Market Loan Sales. We generally do not sell loans with recourse except to the extent arising from standard loan sale contract provisions covering violations of representations and warranties and, under certain circumstances first payment default by the borrower. These are customary repurchase provisions in the secondary market for conforming mortgage loan sales.  These indemnifications may include our

 
103

 

repurchase of the loans. Repurchases and losses are rare, and no provision is made for losses at the time of sale.
 
We typically sell fixed-rate, conforming first mortgage loans in the secondary market as part of our ongoing asset/liability management program. Loans held-for-sale are carried at the lower of cost or market of the aggregate, or in some cases, individual loans. Gains and losses on sales of loans are recognized at the time of the sale.
 
Swap Guarantees. We entered into agreements with three unaffiliated financial institutions whereby those financial institutions entered into interest rate derivative contracts (interest rate swap transactions) with customers referred to them by us. By the terms of the agreements, those financial institutions have recourse to us for any exposure created under each swap transaction in the event the customer defaults on the swap agreement and the agreement is in a paying position to the third-party financial institution. This is a customary arrangement that allows financial institutions like us to provide access to interest rate swap transactions for our customers without creating the swap ourselves.
 
At December 31, 2010, there were fifty-seven variable-rate to fixed-rate swap transactions between the third-party financial institutions and our customers with an initial notional amount aggregating approximately $236.1 million, and with maturities ranging from three months to fourteen years. The aggregate fair value of these swaps to the customers was a liability of $16.9 million as of December 31, 2010, and of the fifty-seven swaps, all but five are in a paying position to a third party.

15. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The reported fair values of financial instruments are based on a variety of factors. In certain cases, fair values represent quoted market prices for identical or comparable instruments. In other cases, fair values have been estimated based on assumptions regarding the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows discounted to reflect current market rates and varying degrees of risk. Accordingly, the fair values may not represent actual values of the financial instruments that could have been realized as of year-end or that will be realized in the future.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:
Cash and Short-Term Investments:  For cash and short-term investments, including due from banks, federal funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell and interest-bearing deposits with other banks, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Investments and Mortgage-Backed Securities:  Since quoted market prices are not available, fair value is estimated using quoted prices for similar securities. The fair value of our investment in reverse mortgages is based on the net present value of estimated cash flows which have been updated to reflect recent external appraisals of the underlying collateral. For additional discussion of our mortgage-backed securities-trading, see note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Loans:  Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type: commercial, commercial mortgages, construction, residential mortgages and consumer. For loans that reprice frequently, the book value approximates fair value. The fair values of other types of loans are estimated by discounting expected cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with comparable credit ratings and for similar remaining maturities which is not an exit price under ASU 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. The fair value of nonperforming loans is based on recent external appraisals of the underlying collateral. Estimated cash flows, discounted using a rate commensurate with current rates and the risk associated with the estimated cash flows, are utilized if appraisals are not available.

 
104

 

    Stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh:  The fair value of FHLB stock is assumed to be equal to its cost.  We carry FHLB stock at cost, or par value, and evaluate FHLB stock for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of par value rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. As part of the impairment assessment of FHLB stock, management considers, among other things, (i) the significance and length of time of any declines in net assets of the FHLB compared to its capital stock, (ii) commitments by the FHLB to make payments required by law or regulations and the level of such payments in relation to its operating performance, (iii) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on financial institutions and, accordingly, the customer base of the FHLB and (iv) the liquidity position of the FHLB.  The FHLB has access to the U.S. Government-Sponsored Enterprise Credit Facility, a secured lending facility that serves as a liquidity backstop, substantially reducing the likelihood that the FHLB would need to sell securities to raise liquidity and, thereby, cause the realization of large economic losses. The FHLB is rated AAA and is likely to remain unchanged based on expectations that the FHLB has a very high degree of government support and was in compliance with all regulatory capital requirements as of December 31, 2010.  Based on the above, we have determined there was no other-than-temporary impairment related to our FHLB stock investment as of December 31, 2010.
 
    Deposit Liabilities:  The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits, money market and interest-bearing demand deposits and savings deposits, is assumed to be equal to the amount payable on demand. The carrying value of variable rate time deposits and time deposits that reprice frequently also approximates fair value. The fair value of the remaining time deposits is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits with comparable remaining maturities.
 
    Borrowed Funds:  Rates currently available to us for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate fair value of existing debt.
 
    Off-Balance Sheet Instruments:  The fair value of off-balance sheet instruments, including commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements with comparable remaining terms and reflects the present creditworthiness of the counterparties.
 
    The book value and estimated fair value of our financial instruments are as follows:

 At December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
 
 
 
Book Value
   
Fair Value
   
Book Value
   
Fair Value
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Financial assets:
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 376,759     $ 376,759     $ 321,749     $ 321,749  
Investment securities
    52,451       52,428       45,517       45,479  
Mortgage-backed securities
    713,358       713,358       681,242       681,242  
Loans, net
    2,575,890       2,586,369       2,479,155       2,487,129  
Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh
    37,536       37,536       39,305       39,305  
Accrued interest receivable
    11,765       11,765       12,407       12,407  
 
                               
Financial liabilities:
                               
Deposits
    2,810,774       2,826,515       2,561,871       2,572,418  
Borrowed funds
    747,606       751,970       854,809       858,896  
Accrued interest payable
    3,317       3,317       4,240       4,240  
 
                               
 
 
 
105

 
 
 
 
The estimated fair value of our off-balance sheet financial instruments is as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
2010 
2009 
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
 
 
Off-balance sheet instruments:
 
 
 
 
Commitments to extend credit
 
 
$3,729
$5,071
 
Standby letters of credit
 
 
210 
317 
 

16. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted the provisions of FASB ASC 820-10 (Formerly SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements and Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position (FSP) No. 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157), for nonfinancial assets and financial liabilities. This adoption did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

ASC 820-10 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820-10 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the use of inputs used in valuation methodologies into the following three levels:

 
Level 1:
Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices, unadjusted, for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. A quoted price in an active market provides the most reliable evidence of fair value and shall be used to measure fair value whenever available.
 
 
 
 
Level 2:
Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or inputs to the valuation methodology that are derived principally from or can be corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.
 
 
 
 
Level 3:
Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using discounted cash flow methodologies, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.


 
106

 

A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is shown below. These valuation methodologies were applied to all of our financial assets carried at fair value effective January 1, 2008. The table below presents the balances of assets measured at fair value as of December 31, 2010 (there are no material liabilities measured at fair value):

 
 
Quoted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prices in
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Active
 
Significant
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Markets for
 
Other
 
Significant
 
 
 
 
 
Identical
 
Observable
 
Unobservable
 
 
 
 
 
Asset
 
Inputs
 
Inputs
 
Total
 
Description
 
(Level 1)
 
(Level 2)
 
(Level 3)
 
Fair Value
 
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis:
 
(in Thousands)
 
Available-for-sale securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Collateralized mortgage obligations
 
$
 
$
500,034
 
$
 
$
500,034
 
   FNMA
 
 
 
 
90,048
 
 
 
 
90,048
 
   FHLMC
 
 
 
 
44,440
 
 
 
 
44,440
 
   GNMA
 
 
 
 
66,404
 
 
 
 
66,404
 
   U.S. Government and GSE
 
 
 
 
50,003
 
 
 
 
50,003
 
   State and political subdivisions
 
 
 
 
2,915
 
 
 
 
2,915
 
Reverse mortgages
 
 
 
 
 
 
(686
)
 
(686
)
Trading securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
12,432
 
 
12,432
 
Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis
 
$
 
$
753,844
 
$
11,746
 
$
765,590
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other real estate owned
 
$
 
$
9,024
 
$
 
$
9,024
 
Impaired Loans
 
 
 
 
71,805
 
 
 
 
71,805
 
Total assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis
 
$
 
$
80,829
 
$
 
$
80,829
 



 
107

 
 
The table below presents the balances of assets measured at fair value as of December 31, 2009 (there were no material liabilities measured at fair value):

 
 
Quoted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prices in
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Active
 
Significant
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Markets for
 
Other
 
Significant
 
 
 
 
 
Identical
 
Observable
 
Unobservable
 
 
 
 
 
Asset
 
Inputs
 
Inputs
 
Total
 
Description
 
(Level 1)
 
(Level 2)
 
(Level 3)
 
Fair Value
 
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
 
(in Thousands)
 
Available-for-sale securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Collateralized mortgage obligations
 
$
 
$
514,512
 
$
 
$
514,512
 
   FNMA
 
 
 
 
61,962
 
 
 
 
61,962
 
   FHLMC
 
 
 
 
45,014
 
 
 
 
45,014
 
   GNMA
 
 
 
 
47,571
 
 
 
 
47,571
 
   U.S. Government and GSE
 
 
 
 
41,312
 
 
 
 
41,312
 
   State and political subdivisions
 
 
 
 
4,026
 
 
 
 
4,026
 
Reverse mortgages
 
 
 
 
 
 
(530
)
 
(530
)
Trading securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
12,183
 
 
12,183
 
Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis
 
$
 
$
714,397
 
$
11,653
 
$
726,050
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other real estate owned
 
$
 
$
8,945
 
$
 
$
8,945
 
Impaired Loans
 
 
 
 
61,376
 
 
 
 
61,376
 
Total assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis
 
$
 
$
70,321
 
$
 
$
70,321
 

Fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models or obtained from third parties that primarily use, as inputs, observable market-based parameters. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments may include unobservable parameters. Any such valuation adjustments have been applied consistently over time. Our valuation methodologies may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. While we believe our valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

Available for sale securities. As of December 31, 2010, securities classified as available for sale were reported at fair value using Level 2 inputs. Included in the Level 2 total were approximately $50.0 million in Federal GSE debentures, $320.2 million in Federal GSE MBS, $380.7 million of Private Label MBS, and $2.9 million in municipal bonds. GSE and MBS securities are predominately AAA-rated. We believe that this Level 2 designation is appropriate for these securities under ASC 820-10 as, with almost all fixed income securities, none are exchange-traded, and all are priced by correlation to observed market data. For these securities we obtain fair value measurements from an independent pricing service. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, U.S. government and agency yield curves, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information, and the security’s terms and conditions, among other factors.

 
108

 

Securities classified as available for sale as of December 31, 2009 were also reported at fair value using Level 2 inputs. Included under the Level 2 designation were approximately $41.3 million in Federal GSE debentures, $240.2 million in Federal GSE MBS, $424.8 million of Private Label MBS, and $4.0 million in municipal bonds.  GSE and MBS securities were predominately AAA-rated and designated Level 2 pursuant to ASC 820-10.  As discussed above, almost all were fixed income securities, none were exchange-traded, and all were priced by correlation to observed market data.

Trading securities. The amount included in the trading securities category represents the fair value of a BBB-rated traunche of a reverse mortgage security. There has never been an active market for these securities. As such, we classify these trading securities as Level 3 under ASC 820-10. As prescribed by ASC 820-10, we used various observable and unobservable inputs to develop a range of likely fair value prices where this security would be exchanged in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The unobservable inputs reflect our assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing this asset. Included in these inputs were the median of a selection of other BBB-rated securities as well as quoted market prices from higher rated traunches of this asset class. As a result, the value assigned to this security is determined primarily through a discounted cash flow analysis.  All of these assumptions required a significant degree of our judgment.

Reverse Mortgages available-for-sale. The amount of our investment in reverse mortgages represents the estimated value of future cash flows of the reverse mortgages at a rate deemed appropriate for these mortgages, based on the market rate for similar collateral. The projected cash flows depend on assumptions about life expectancies of the mortgagee and the future changes in collateral values. Due to the significant amount of management judgment and the unobservable input calculations, these reverse mortgages have been classified as Level 3.

The changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value are summarized as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading
Securities
Reverse
Mortgages
 
 
Total
 
(in Thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2008
$
10,816
 
$
(61
)
$
10,755
 
Total net income (loss) for the year included in net income
 
1,367
 
 
(464
)
 
903
 
Contractual monthly advances of principal
 
 
 
(5
)
 
(5
)
Balance at December 31, 2009
$
12,183
 
$
(530
)
$
11,653
 
Total net income (loss) for the year included in net income
 
249
 
 
(287
)
 
(38
)
Contractual monthly advances of principal
 
 
 
131
 
 
131
 
Balance at December 31, 2010
$
12,432
 
$
(686
)
$
11,746
 

Other real estate owned. Other real estate owned consists of loan collateral which has been repossessed through foreclosure or other measures.  Initially, foreclosed assets are recorded as held for sale at the lower of the loan balance or fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs.  Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are updated periodically and the assets may be marked down further, reflecting a new cost basis.  The fair value of our real estate owned was estimated using Level 2 inputs based on appraisals obtained from third parties.

Impaired loans. Impaired loans, which are measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans, had a book value (net of any charge-offs previously taken) of $83.8 million and $73.2 million at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 respectively.  The specific valuation allowance on impaired loans was $12.0 million as of December 31, 2010 and $11.8 million as of December 31, 2009.

 
109

 

 
17. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
We routinely enter into loan agreements and deposit relationships with our directors and officers.  Such transactions are made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms and conditions, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with other customers, and do not, in our opinion, involve more than the normal credit risk or present other unfavorable features.  The aggregate amount of loans to such related parties was $4.1 million and $3.4 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  During 2010, new loans and credit line advances to such related parties amounted to $6.3 million and repayments amounted to $5.6 million.  The aggregate amount of balances on deposit as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $7.1 million and $5.0 million, respectively.

We have also engaged (or in some cases donate to) the following organizations which are affiliated with one or more of our directors in the ordinary course of business:

·  
 a law firm for general legal services amounting to $329,000 in 2010, $24,000 in 2009 and $0 in 2008.
·  
 a company which provides peer group meetings and forums held for executives of local banks amounting to $25,000 in 2010, and $0 in 2009 and 2008.
·  
 an investment bank providing financial services amounting to $29,000 in 2010, $0 in 2009 and $103,000 in 2008.
·  
 donated funds to a local charity that provides support to local Delaware communities.  Total contributions made to this charity amounted to $33,000 in 2010 and 2009, and $18,000 in 2008.

18. PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Condensed Statement of Financial Condition

December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
   
 
 
Assets:
 
 
   
 
 
      Cash
  $ 19,521     $ 30,741  
      Investment in subsidiaries
    412,679       335,796  
      Investment in Capital Trust III
    2,011       2,011  
      Other assets
    787       404  
Total assets
  $ 434,998     $ 368,952  
 
               
Liabilities:
               
      Borrowings
  $ 67,011     $ 67,011  
      Interest payable
    119       117  
      Other liabilities
    46       24  
Total liabilities
    67,176       67,152  
 
               
Stockholders’ equity:
    1       1  
      Preferred stock
      Common stock
    180       166  
      Capital in excess of par value
    216,316       166,627  
      Comprehensive income (loss)
    6,524       (2,022 )
      Retained earnings
    393,081       385,308  
      Treasury stock
    (248,280 )     (248,280 )
Total stockholders’ equity
    367,822       301,800  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 434,998     $ 368,952  

 
110

 


Condensed Statement of Operations
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2010
   
2009
   
2008
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
Income:
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
      Interest income
  $ 2,207     $ 1,716     $ 324  
      Noninterest income
    120       64       65  
 
    2,327       1,780       389  
Expenses:
                       
      Interest expense
    1,390       1,797       3,275  
      Other operating expenses
    656       79       (941 )
 
    2,046       1,876       2,334  
 
                       
Income (loss) before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
    281       (96 )     (1,945 )
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
    13,836       759       18,081  
Net income
    14,117       663       16,136  
Dividends on preferred stock and accretion of discount
    (2,770 )     (2,590 )      
Net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders
  $ 11,347     $ (1,927 )   $ 16,136  
 
                       
Condensed Statement of Cash Flows
                       
 
                       
Year Ended December 31,
    2010       2009       2008  
(In Thousands)
                       
Operating activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 14,117     $ 663     $ 16,136  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used for operating activities:
                       
      Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
    (13,836 )     (759 )     (18,081 )
      (Increase) decrease in other assets
    (383 )     829       (432 )
      Increase (decrease) in other liabilities
    24       (123 )     (146 )
Net cash (used for) provided by operating activities
    (78 )     610       (2,523 )
 
                       
Investing activities:
                       
      (Increase) decrease in investment in subsidiaries
    (54,500 )     (47,363 )     7,500  
Net cash (used for) provided by investing activities
    (54,500 )     (47,363 )     7,500  
 
                       
Financing activities:
                       
      Issuance of common stock
    49,565       26,851       3,956  
      Issuance of preferred stock
          52,625        
      Cash dividends paid
    (6,207 )     (5,210 )     (2,832 )
      Treasury stock, net of reissuance
                (3,555 )
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities
    43,358       74,266       (2,431 )
 
                       
(Decrease) increase in cash
    (11,220 )     27,513       2,546  
Cash at beginning of period
    30,741       3,228       682  
Cash at end of period
  $ 19,521     $ 30,741     $ 3,228  

 
111

 

19. SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
Under the definition of FASB ASC 280, Segment Reporting (“ASC 280”) (Formerly SFAS No. 131, Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information) we discuss our business in four segments.  There is a segment for WSFS Bank (including WSFS Investment Group, Inc.), Cash Connect, (the ATM division of WSFS Bank), 1st Reverse, (the reverse mortgage subsidiary of WSFS), and Trust and Wealth Management.  Trust and Wealth Management is comprised of Montchanin, WSFS Trust and Wealth Management Division and recently acquired CB&T (discussed further in Note 19 of the Consolidated Financial Statements) into a single reportable segment because each has similar economic characteristics, products, customers and distribution methods.  During 2009 we began to report the results of 1st Reverse as a segment, consistent with the guidance promulgated in ASC 280.  As required by ASC 280, all prior years’ information has been updated to reflect this presentation.

The WSFS Bank segment provides financial products to commercial and retail customers through its banking offices located in Delaware, Pennsylvania and Virginia.  Retail and Commercial Banking, Commercial Real Estate Lending, Private Banking and other banking business units (including the reorganization of WSFS Investment Group, Inc.) are operating departments of WSFS.  These departments share the same regulator, the same market, many of the same customers and provide similar products and services through the general infrastructure of the Bank.  Because of these and other reasons, these departments are not considered discrete segments and are appropriately aggregated within the WSFS Bank segment in accordance with ASC 280.

Cash Connect provides turnkey ATM services through strategic partnerships with several of the largest networks, manufacturers and service providers in the ATM industry.  The balance sheet category “Cash in non-owned ATMs” includes cash from which fee income is earned through bailment arrangements with customers of Cash Connect.

During 2008, we acquired a majority interest in 1st Reverse Financial Services, LLC (1st Reverse), which specialized in originating and subsequently selling reverse mortgage loans nationwide. These reverse mortgages were government approved and insured. In 2009, we completed a wind-down of these operations. Included in the year ended December 31, 2009, is a $1.9 million pre-tax charge which consisted of the write-off of all related goodwill and intangibles, the uncollectable receivables and our remaining investment in this subsidiary.  This charge, combined with the operating losses for 2009, represents the $3.1 million net loss in this column.

The Wealth Management column is comprised of the Montchanin and the Christiana Trust division which combines WSFS Legacy Trust and Wealth Management with recently acquired CB&T.  Montchanin was established in response to our commercial customers’ demand for the same high level service in their investment relationships that they enjoyed as banking customers of WSFS Bank.  Montchanin provides asset management products and services to customers in the Bank’s primary market area through its one consolidated, wholly owned subsidiary, Cypress Capital Management, LLC (“Cypress”).  Cypress is a Wilmington-based Registered Investment Advisory firm serving high net-worth individuals and institutions.  The Christiana Trust division was formed as part of the December 2010 acquisition of CB&T and provides investment, fiduciary, agency and commercial domicile services from locations in Delaware and Nevada.  These services are provided to both individuals and families as well as corporations and institutions.  The Christiana Trust division provides these services to customers locally, nationally and internationally making use of the advantages of its branch facilities in Delaware and Nevada.

An operating segment is a component of an enterprise that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the enterprise’s chief operating decision makers to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance, and for which discrete financial information is available.  We evaluate performance based on pretax ordinary income relative to resources used, and allocate resources based on these results.  The accounting policies applicable to our segments are those that apply to our preparation of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements. Segment information for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 follows:

 
112

 


For the Year Ended December 31, 2010:
 
WSFS Bank
   
Cash Connect
   
Trust & Wealth Management
   
Total
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
External customer revenues:
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Interest income
  $ 162,403     $     $     $ 162,403  
Noninterest income
    33,581       13,231       3,303       50,115  
Total external customer revenues
    195,984       13,231       3,303       212,518  
 
                               
Intersegment revenues:
                               
Interest income
    930                   930  
Noninterest income
    2,886       755             3,641  
Total intersegment revenues
    3,816       755             4,571  
 
                               
Total revenue
    199,800       13,986       3,303       217,089  
 
                               
External customer expenses:
                               
Interest expense
    41,732                   41,732  
Noninterest expenses
    97,927       5,956       5,449       109,332  
Provision for loan loss
    41,883                   41,883  
Total external customer expenses
    181,542       5,956       5,449       192,947  
 
                               
Intersegment expenses:
                               
Interest expense
          930             930  
Noninterest expenses
    755       1534       1,352       3,641  
Total intersegment expenses
    755       2,464       1,352       4,571  
 
                               
Total expenses
    182,297       8,420       6,801       197,518  
 
                               
 Income (loss) before taxes
  $ 17,503     $ 5,566     $ (3,498 )   $ 19,571  
 
                               
Income tax provision
                            5,454  
Consolidated net income
                          $ 14,117  
 
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 48,359     $ 326,573     $ 1,827     $ 376,759  
Other segment assets
    3,554,274       13,196       9,289       3,576,759  
 
  $ 3,602,633     $ 339,769     $ 11,116     $ 3,953,518  
Total segment assets at December 31, 2010
 
                               
Capital expenditures
  $ 5,775     $ 174     $ 2     $ 5,951  

 
113

 


For the Year Ended December 31, 2009:
 
WSFS Bank
   
Cash Connect
   
1st Reverse
   
Trust & Wealth Management
   
Total
 
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
External customer revenues:
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
      Interest income
  $ 157,698     $     $ 32     $     $ 157,730  
 
      Noninterest income
    34,501       11,992       2,023       1,725       50,241  
 
Total external customer revenues
    192,199       11,992       2,055       1,725       207,971  
 
 
                                       
 
Intersegment revenues:
                                       
 
      Interest income
    627                         627  
 
      Noninterest income
    3,343       408                   3,751  
 
Total intersegment revenues
    3,970       408                   4,378  
 
 
                                       
 
Total revenue
    196,169       12,400       2,055       1,725       212,349  
 
 
                                       
 
External customer expenses:
                                       
 
      Interest expense
    53,086                         53,086  
 
      Noninterest expenses
    95,447       5,387       4,917       2,753       108,504  
 
      Provision for loan loss
    47,811                         47,811  
 
Total external customer expenses
    196,344       5,387       4,917       2,753       209,401  
 
 
                                       
 
Intersegment expenses:
                                       
 
      Interest expense
          627                   627  
 
      Noninterest expenses
    408       905       261       2,177       3,751  
 
Total intersegment expenses
    408       1,532       261       2,177       4,378  
 
 
                                       
 
Total expenses
    196,752       6,919       5,178       4,930       213,779  
 
 
                                       
 
(Loss) income before taxes
  $ (583 )   $ 5,481     $ (3,123 )   $ (3,205 )   $ (1,430 )  
 
                                       
 
Income tax provision
                                    (2,093 )  
Consolidated net income
                                  $ 663  
 
 
                                       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 56,124     $ 264,903     $     $ 722     $ 321,749  
 
Other segment assets
    3,410,010       14,861             1,887       3,426,758  
 
 
  $ 3,466,134     $ 279,764     $     $ 2,609            
Total segment assets at December 31, 2009
   $ 3,748,507  
 
 
                                       
 
Capital expenditures
  $ 6,287     $ 474     $     $ 15     $ 6,776  
 

 
114

 


For the Year Ended December 31, 2008:
 
WSFS Bank
   
Cash Connect
   
1st Reverse
   
Trust & Wealth Management
   
Total
 
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
External customer revenues:
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
      Interest income
  $ 166,477     $     $     $     $ 166,477  
 
      Noninterest income
    28,763       13,752       852       2,622       45,989  
 
Total external customer revenues
    195,240       13,752       852       2,622       212,466  
 
 
                                       
 
Intersegment revenues:
                                       
 
      Interest income
    3,524             5             3,529  
 
      Noninterest income
    2,841       641                   3,482  
 
Total intersegment revenues
    6,365       641       5             7,011  
 
 
                                       
 
Total revenue
    201,605       14,393       857       2,622       219,477  
 
 
                                       
 
External customer expenses:
                                       
 
      Interest expense
    77,258                         77,258  
 
      Noninterest expenses
    76,424       5,978       2,568       4,128       89,098  
 
      Provision for loan loss
    23,024                         23,024  
 
Total external customer expenses
    176,706       5,978       2,568       4,128       189,380  
 
 
                                       
 
Intersegment expenses:
                                       
 
      Interest expense
    5       3,524                   3,529  
 
      Noninterest expenses
    641       868       204       1,769       3,482  
 
Total intersegment expenses
    646       4,392       204       1,769       7,011  
 
 
                                       
 
Total expenses
    177,352       10,370       2,772       5,897       196,391  
 
 
                                       
 
Income (loss) before taxes
  $ 24,253     $ 4,023     $ (1,915 )   $ (3,275 )   $ 23,086  
 
 
                                       
 
Income tax provision
                                    6,950  
 
Consolidated net income
                                  $ 16,136  
 
 
                                       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 57,962     $ 189,965     $ 8     $ 623     $ 248,558  
 
Other segment assets
    3,168,512       12,836       750       1,904       3,184,002  
 
 
  $ 3,226,474     $ 202,801     $ 758     $ 2,527            
Total segment assets at December 31, 2008
   $ 3,432,560  
 
 
                                       
 
Capital expenditures
  $ 4,587     $ 204     $ 108     $ 1     $ 4,900  
 
 
                                       
 
 
                                       
 

 
115

 

20. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

1st Reverse Financial Services, LLC Acquisition

On April 30, 2008, we completed the acquisition of a 51% majority stake in 1st Reverse Financial Services, LLC (“1st Reverse”).  Operating results of 1st Reverse are included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.

The acquisition resulted in recording $685,000 of goodwill, which is the excess cost over the fair value of its assets at the time of acquisition.  Other intangibles amounting to $658,000 were also identified in the transaction, with amortization periods of 5-10 years using straight-line methods.

During 2009 we decided to wind-down the operations of 1st Reverse due to the weakened prospect of achieving required returns due, in part, to the current economic climate.  During 2009 we had pre-tax losses of $1.9 million related to the wind-down, which included the write-down of all related goodwill and intangibles.  We have included these losses in other operating expense.
 
Sun National Bank Branch Purchase

On October 24, 2008, we completed the acquisition of six branches from Sun National Bank and their respective deposits.  The operating results of these branches have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.  This acquisition has served to further build our market share in Delaware, expand our customer base to enhance deposit fee income and provide an opportunity to market additional products and services to new customers.

The aggregate cash purchase price was $11.5 million.  The purchase price resulted in approximately $9.0 million in goodwill and $2.5 million in core deposit intangibles (“CDI”).  This CDI is being amortized over 7.5 years using straight-line methods.  During 2010 and 2009 we recorded amortization expense of $329,000 and $370,000, respectively.  The goodwill and intangible assets has been deducted for tax purposes.  In the transaction, we acquired $95.3 million of deposits.

We completed an analysis of this goodwill as of December 31, 2010.  This analysis was completed in accordance with FASB ASC 350 “Goodwill and Other Intangibles” (“ASC 350”).  Based on the results of this appraisal, the goodwill related to the Sun National Bank branch purchase passed Step one under ASC 350 as of December 31, 2010 and it was determined that no impairment exists.

Christiana Bank & Trust Purchase

On December 3, 2010, we completed the acquisition of Christiana Bank & Trust Company (“CB&T”) from National Penn Bancshares (“National Penn”) for a cash purchase price of $34.5 million which resulted in the acquisition of $175.2 million in deposits, $106.2 million of loans and approximately $7 billion in trust assets under management and administration.  We expect this acquisition to build our market share, expand our customer base and enhance our fee income.  The results of CB&T operations are included in our consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.

The acquisition of CB&T was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date.  The excess cash paid over the fair value of net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill in the amount of $15.9 million, which will be amortizable for tax purposes over 15 years, as we have made an election for income tax purposes to treat the acquisition as a taxable purchase of assets.  We also recorded $3.1 million of other intangible assets and $1.9 million in CDI.  The intangible assets will be amortized over periods ranging from 2 to 7.5 years using straight-line methods and the CDI will be amortized over a period of 10

 
116

 

years using a declining balance method.  The goodwill and intangibles have been allocated between the WSFS Bank and Trust and Wealth Management segments.

The fair values listed above for goodwill, intangible assets and CDI are preliminary estimates and are subject to adjustment, however, while they are not expected to be materially different than those shown, any material adjustments to the estimates will be reflected in subsequent filings.

In connection with the acquisition, the following table summarizes the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets acquired:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in Thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
 
 
$
 74,832 
 
 
 
 
Investments
 
 
 
 2,731 
 
 
 
 
Loans
 
 
 
 106,205 
 
 
 
 
BOLI
 
 
 
 3,257 
 
 
 
 
Premises and equipment
 
 
 
 1,556 
 
 
 
 
Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") stock
 
 
 
 196 
 
 
 
 
Intangible assets
 
 
 
 5,042 
 
 
 
 
Accrued interest
 
 
 
 316 
 
 
 
 
Other assets
 
 
 
 2,432 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
 
 
 
 
 196,567 
 
 
 
Liabilities assumed:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
 
 
 
 175,210 
 
 
 
 
Interest payable
 
 
 
 114 
 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
 
 
 
 2,618 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 177,942 
 
 
 
Net assets acquired
 
 
 
 
$
 18,625 
 
 

The fair value of loans acquired was determined by present valuing the expected cash flows at a discounted rate.  The excess of expected cash flows above the fair value of the loans will be accreted into interest income over the remaining useful lives of the loans in accordance with FASB ASC 310-20 (Formerly SFAS 91).  In accordance with US GAAP, there was no carryover of the allowance for loan losses that had been previously recorded by National Penn.

In connection with the acquisition of CB&T, we acquired a small investment portfolio with a fair value of $2.7 million.  The fair value of the investment portfolio was determined by taking into account market prices obtained from independent valuation sources.

The fair value of savings and transaction deposit accounts acquired from National Penn was assumed to approximate their carrying values as these accounts have no stated maturity and are payable on demand.  In determining fair value of the certificates of deposits (“CDs”), a discounted cash flow analysis was used which involved present valuing the contractual payments over the remaining life of the CD at market-based interest rates.  The analysis incorporates the remaining maturities of the CDs, their contractual interest rates, and market-based interest rates as of December 3, 2010, the acquisition date.

The following table presents unaudited proforma information as if the acquisition of CB&T had occurred on both January 1, 2010 and January 1, 2009 and adds CB&T net income to our reported net income for each year presented below.  The proforma information excludes acquisition integration costs associated with the acquisition (discussed further in Note 21 of the Consolidated Financial Statements) as well as purchase accounting fair value adjustments and related income tax effects.   Additionally, the proforma

 
117

 

information does not necessarily reflect the true operating results had the acquisition happened in the beginning of 2010 or 2009 due to the exclusions mentioned above as well as the expected cost savings.
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
Proforma
 
 
For the year ended December 31,
 
 
2010
 
2009
 
       (in Thousands)
(Unaudited)
 
       Net interest income
  $ 125,904     $ 110,740  
       Allowance for loan loss
    44,180       53,026  
       Non-interest income
    55,930       56,752  
       Non-interest expense and income taxes
    121,319       114,816  
       Proforma net income of WSFS
  $ 16,335     $ (350 )
 
               
       As reported net income of WSFS
  $ 14,117     $ 663  
 
               
21. NONINTEREST EXPENSES

During the year ended December 31, 2010, we recorded $6.2 million of charges we consider to be non-routine as well as a recovery of $4.5 million, as follows:

o  
On February 19, 2010, we reported in a regulatory filing that an executive of an armored car company that served as a vendor for several of Cash Connect’s customers, engaged in embezzlement.  In the first quarter of 2010, we recorded a $4.5 million loss related to funds not immediately recoverable by Cash Connect. During the third quarter of 2010, we received a full recovery of the previously-recorded $4.5 million charge.  The loss and subsequent recovery were reflected in noninterest expenses in the quarters they were recorded.

o  
$1.7 million in costs related to the acquisition and integration of Christiana Bank & Trust mainly reflected in professional fees, salaries, benefits and other compensation and data processing and operation expense (discussed further in Note 20 of the Consolidated Financial Statements).

During the year ended December 31, 2009, we incurred $6.0 million of charges we consider to be non-routine.  These charges are included in Noninterest expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and include the following:

o  
A $1.9 million charge resulting from management’s decision to conduct an orderly wind-down of 1st Reverse.  The charge represents the write-off of all related goodwill and intangibles, uncollectible receivables and our remaining investment in that subsidiary as well as miscellaneous payables arising during the course of winding-down this subsidiary (reflected in Other operating expenses).

o  
A $1.7 million insurance premium charged by the FDIC representing our share of the special assessment levied on the banking industry at June 30, 2009 (reflected in FDIC expenses).

o  
A $1.5 million charge related to fraudulent wire transfer activity affecting the accounts of two customers ($1.3 million reflected in other operating expense and $0.2 million reflected in Professional fees).

o  
A $953,000 expense related to due diligence on an acquisition prospect, discussions of which have terminated (reflected in Professional fees).

There were no material non-routine charges recorded during 2008.
 
 
118

 
 
22. STOCK AND COMMON STOCK WARRANTS

In August 2010, we completed an underwritten public offering of 1,370,000 shares of common stock.  The offering was priced at $36.50 per share, a slight premium to the prior day’s closing price, and raised $47.1 million net of $2.9 million of costs.

On September 24, 2009 we completed a private placement of stock to Peninsula Investment Partners, L.P. (Peninsula), pursuant to which we issued and sold 862,069 shares of common stock for a total purchase price of $25.0 million, and a 10-year warrant to purchase 129,310 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $29.00 per share.  The warrant is immediately exercisable.

Total proceeds of $25.0 million were allocated, based on the relative fair value of common stock and common stock warrants, to common stock for $23.5 million and common stock warrants for $1.5 million on September 24, 2009.

On January 23, 2009, we entered into a purchase agreement with the U.S. Treasury pursuant to which we issued and sold 52,625 shares of our fixed-rate cumulative perpetual preferred stock for a total purchase price of $52.6 million, and a 10-year warrant to purchase 175,105 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $45.08 per share.  We will pay the Treasury Department a five percent dividend annually for each of the first five years of the investment and a nine percent dividend thereafter until the shares are redeemed.  The cumulative dividend for the preferred stock is accrued for and payable on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year.  We declared and paid preferred stock dividends of $2.6 million and $2.1 million during 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Total proceeds of $52.6 million were allocated, based on the relative fair value of preferred stock and common stock warrants, to preferred stock for $51.9 million and common stock warrants for $693,000 respectively, on January 23, 2009.  The preferred stock discount will be accreted, on an effective yield method, to preferred stock over five years.  We have accreted a total of $139,000 and $127,000 during the years ended December, 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, relating to the discount on preferred stock.

The preferred stock is nonvoting, except for class voting rights on certain matters that could adversely affect the shares.  They may be redeemed by us for the liquidation preference ($1,000 per share), plus accrued but unpaid dividends, with the Treasury’s approval.  The warrant is exercisable immediately and subject to certain anti-dilution and other adjustments.
 
23.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS 
 
The Company has evaluated all subsequent events and has not identified any subsequent events requiring recognition or disclosures in the financial statements.
 
 
 
119

 
 
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL SUMMARY (Unaudited)
 

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Three months ended
 
12/31/2010
   
9/30/2010
   
6/30/2010
   
3/31/2010
   
12/31/2009
   
9/30/2009
   
6/30/2009
   
3/31/2009
 
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Interest income
  $ 39,812     $ 40,579     $ 41,454     $ 40,558     $ 39,954     $ 39,130     $ 39,839     $ 38,807  
Interest expense
    9,359       10,402       10,756       11,215       11,874       12,837       13,459       14,916  
Net interest income
    30,453       30,177       30,698       29,343       28,080       26,293       26,380       23,891  
Provision for loan losses
    9,903       9,976       10,594       11,410       12,678       15,483       11,997       7,653  
Net interest income after provision
    20,550       20,201       20,104       17,933       15,402       10,810       14,383       16,238  
   for loan losses
Noninterest income
    12,113       14,425       12,436       11,141       11,935       14,538       12,667       11,101  
Noninterest expenses
    29,868       22,092       27,739       29,633       27,606       25,569       30,955       24,374  
Income (loss) before taxes
    2,795       12,534       4,801       (559 )     (269 )     (221 )     (3,905 )     2,965  
Income tax  provision (benefit)
    715       4,312       1,500       (1,073 )     (307 )     (222 )     (1,589 )     25  
Net Income (loss)
    2,080       8,222       3,301       514       38       1       (2,316 )     2,940  
Dividends on preferred stock and
    694       692       692       692       692       634       751       513  
   accretion of discount
Net Income (loss) available to common
                                                               
   shareholders
  $ 1,386       7,530       2,609       (178 )     (654 )     (633 )     (3,067 )     2,427  
Earnings per share:
                                                               
Basic
    0.16       0.95       0.37       (0.03 )     (0.09 )     (0.10 )     (0.50 )     0.39  
Diluted
    0.16       0.94       0.36       (0.03 )     (0.09 )     (0.10 )     (0.50 )     0.39  

  ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

There are no matters required to be disclosed under this item.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

With the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective.
 
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 


 
120

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

To Our Stockholders:

Management of the Corporation is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Corporation’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control - Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, as stated in their reports, which are included herein.

/s/ Mark A. Turner
 
/s/ Stephen A. Turner
Mark A. Turner
 
Stephen A. Fowle
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
March 16, 2011
 
 

 
121

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
WSFS Financial Corporation:

 
We have audited WSFS Financial Corporation’s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, WSFS Financial Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statement of condition of WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, and our report dated March 16, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
 
/s/ KPMG LLP
 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 16, 2011
 

 
122

 

During the quarter ended December 31, 2010, there was no change in internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

There are no matters required to be disclosed under this item.


PART III


ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information under “Directors and Officers of WSFS Financial Corporation and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB” and “Corporate Governance - Committees of the Board of Directors” in the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the registrant’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 28, 2011 (the “Proxy Statement”) is incorporated into this item by reference.

We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, Controller or persons performing similar functions. A copy of the Code of Ethics is posted on our website at www.wsfsbank.com.


ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information under the heading “Compensation” and “Compensation of the Board of Directors” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated into this item by reference.


 
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

 
(a)
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

Information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Other Information - Large Stockholders” of the Proxy Statement

 
(b)
Security Ownership of Management

Information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Directors and Officers of WSFS Financial Corporation and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB – Ownership of  WSFS Financial Corporation Common Stock” of the Proxy Statement

 
(c)
We know of no arrangements, including any pledge by any person of our securities, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the registrant

 
(d)
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

 
123

 


Shown below is information as of December 31, 2010 with respect to compensation plans under which equity securities of the Registrant are authorized for issuance.

Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
(a)
(b)
 
(c)
 
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights
 
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column) (a)
 
 
 
 
 
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
583,663 
 
 
$
41.57 
 
 
 
511,067 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
N/A
 
 
 
N/A
 
 
 
N/A
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TOTAL
 
583,663 
 
 
$
41.57 
 
 
 
511,067 
 

(1) Plans approved by stockholders include the 1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended and the 2005 Incentive Plan.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information under “Directors and Officers of WSFS Financial Corporation and Wilmington Savings Fund Society, FSB – Transactions with our Insiders” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated into this item by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information under “Committees of the Board of Directors – Audit Committee” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated into this item by reference.

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 
(a)
Listed below are all financial statements and exhibits filed as part of this report, and are incorporated by reference.

 
1.
The Consolidated Statements of Condition of WSFS Financial Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related Consolidated Statements of Operations, Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Cash Flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2010, together with the related notes and the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
 
 
2.
Schedules omitted as they are not applicable.


 
124

 

The following exhibits are incorporated by reference herein or annexed to this Annual Report:

Exhibit
Number                      Description of Document
3.1
Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.

3.2
Amended and Restated Bylaws of WSFS Financial Corporation, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (filed on October 27, 2008).

3.3
Certificate of Designations for the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2009.

4.1
Form of Certificate for the Series A Preferred Stock, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2009.

4.2
Warrant for Purchase of Shares of Common Stock, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2009.

4.3
Warrant for Purchase of Shares of Common Stock, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 27, 2009.

10.1
WSFS Financial Corporation, 1994 Short Term Management Incentive Plan Summary Plan Description is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.

10.2
Amended and Restated Wilmington Savings Fund Society, Federal Savings Bank 1997 Stock Option Plan is incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-26099) filed with the Commission on April 29, 1997.

10.3
2000 Stock Option and Temporary Severance Agreement among Wilmington Savings Fund Society, Federal Savings Bank, WSFS Financial Corporation and Marvin N. Schoenhals on February 24, 2000 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000.

10.4
WSFS Financial Corporation Severance Policy for Executive Vice Presidents dated February 28, 2008.

 
125

 


10.5
WSFS Financial Corporation’s 2005 Incentive Plan is incorporated herein by reference to appendix A of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14-A for the 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

10.6
Amendment to WSFS Financial Corporation 2005 Incentive Plan for IRC 409A and FAS 123R dated December 31, 2008.

10.7
Amendment to the WSFS Financial Corporation Severance Policy for Executive Vice Presidents dated December 31, 2008.

10.8
Letter Agreement, dated January 23, 2009, between WSFS Financial Corporation and the United States Department of Treasury, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2009.

10.9
Form of Waiver, executed by Messrs. Marvin N. Schoenhals, Mark A. Turner, Stephen A. Fowle, Richard M. Wright, Rodger Levenson and Mrs. Barbara J. Fischer, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2009.

10.10
Form of Letter Agreement, executed by Messrs. Marvin N. Schoenhals, Mark A. Turner, Stephen A. Fowle, Richard M. Wright, Rodger Levenson and Mr. Barbara J. Fischer, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2009.

10.11
Securities Purchase Agreement, dated July 27, 2009, between WSFS Financial Corporation and Peninsula Investment Partners, L.P., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K on July 27, 2009.

21
Subsidiaries of Registrant.

23
Consent of KPMG LLP

31.1
Certification of CEO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

31.2
Certification of CFO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

99.1  
Certification of CEO and CFO pursuant to Section 5221



Exhibits 10.1 through 10.10 represent management contracts or compensatory plan arrangements.



 
126

 

 
 
SIGNATURES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
 
 
 
WSFS FINANCIAL CORPORATION
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ Mark A. Turner
 
 
 
 
 
Mark A. Turner
 
 
 
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ Marvin N. Schoenhals
 
 
 
 
 
Marvin N. Schoenhals
 
 
 
 
 
Chairman
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ Mark A. Turner
 
 
 
 
 
Mark A. Turner
 
 
 
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ Charles G. Cheleden
 
 
 
 
 
Charles G. Cheleden
 
 
 
 
 
Vice Chairman and Lead Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ Anat Bird
 
 
 
 
 
Anat Bird
 
 
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ Jennifer W. Davis
 
 
 
 
 
Jennifer W. Davis
 
 
 
 
 
Director

 
127

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ Donald W. Delson
 
 
 
 
 
Donald W. Delson
 
 
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ John F. Downey
 
 
 
 
 
John F. Downey
 
 
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ Zissimos A. Frangopoulos
 
 
 
 
 
Zissimos A. Frangopoulos
 
 
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ Joseph R. Julian
 
 
 
 
 
Joseph R. Julian
 
 
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ Dennis E. Klima
 
 
 
 
 
Dennis E. Klima
 
 
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ Calvert A. Morgan, Jr.
 
 
 
 
 
Calvert A. Morgan, Jr.
 
 
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ Thomas P. Preston
 
 
 
 
 
Thomas P. Preston
 
 
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ Scott E. Reed
 
 
 
 
 
Scott E. Reed
 
 
 
 
 
Director

 
 
 
 
128

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ Donald W. Delson
 
 
 
 
 
Donald W. Delson
 
 
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ John F. Downey
 
 
 
 
 
John F. Downey
 
 
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ Zissimos A. Frangopoulos
 
 
 
 
 
Zissimos A. Frangopoulos
 
 
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ Joseph R. Julian
 
 
 
 
 
Joseph R. Julian
 
 
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ Dennis E. Klima
 
 
 
 
 
Dennis E. Klima
 
 
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ Calvert A. Morgan, Jr.
 
 
 
 
 
Calvert A. Morgan, Jr.
 
 
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ Thomas P. Preston
 
 
 
 
 
Thomas P. Preston
 
 
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ Scott E. Reed
 
 
 
 
 
Scott E. Reed
 
 
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ Claibourne D. Smith
 
 
 
 
 
Claibourne D. Smith
 
 
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ R. Ted Weschler
 
 
 
 
 
R. Ted Weschler
 
 
 
 
 
Director
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ Stephen A. Fowle
 
 
 
 
 
Stephen A. Fowle
 
 
 
 
 
Executive Vice President and
 
 
 
 
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 16, 2011
                                  BY:
/s/ Robert F. Mack
 
 
 
 
 
Robert F. Mack
 
 
 
 
 
Senior Vice President and Controller